Quarterlytics / Industrials / Railroads / Aurizon

Aurizon

azj · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker azj
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Railroads
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Aurizon
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual 
Report
2023 – 2024

Contents
FY2024 in Review	
1
Chairman’s Report	
2
Managing Director & CEO’s Report	
   3
Directors’ Report	
4
– Operating and Financial Review	
 10
– Remuneration Report	
28
Auditor’s Independence Declaration	
 43
Corporate Governance Statement	
 44
Financial Report	
51
Shareholder Information 	
111
Glossary	
113
Corporate Information 	
115 
Our vision
To be the first choice for bulk  
commodity transport solutions.
Our purpose 
To grow regional Australia by delivering  
bulk commodities to the world.
Our values
	
	
SAFETY
	
	
	
We know safe, we choose safe.
	
	
PEOPLE
	
	
	
We seek diverse perspectives.
	
	
INTEGRITY
	
	
	
We have the courage to do the right thing.
	
	
CUSTOMER
	
	
	
We strive to be the first choice  
for customers.
	
	
EXCELLENCE
	
	
	
We set and achieve ambitious goals.

Result highlights (Underlying and statutory continuing operations)
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
VARIANCE %
Total revenue
 3,844 
3,511
 333 
9%
EBITDA
 1,624 
1,428
 196 
14%
EBIT
 917 
762
 155 
20%
Significant items — acquisition costs
 –   
(49)
 49 
100%
EBIT Statutory
 917 
713
 204 
29%
NPAT
 406 
 367 
 39 
11%
NPAT Statutory
 406 
 324 
 82 
25%
Free cash flow (FCF)1
 661 
297
 364 
123%
Final dividend (cps)
7.3
8.0
(0.7)
(9%)
Total dividend (cps)
17.0
15.0
2.0
13%
Earnings per share (cps)
22.1
19.9
2.2
11%
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
8.9%
7.5%
1.4ppt
–
EBITDA margin
42.2%
40.7%
1.5ppt
–
Operating ratio (OR)
76.1%
78.3%
(2.2ppt)
–
Above Rail Tonnes (m)
255.6
253.2
2.4
1%
Gearing (net debt / (net debt + equity))
52.2%
53.7%
(1.5ppt)  
–
FY2024 in Review
Performance Overview
	› EBITDA up $196m (14%) to $1,624m with:
	• Network up $117m (14%) driven by higher 
(allowable) regulated revenue and a 
volume over-recovery
	• Coal up $73m (16%) driven by 
higher volumes and yield (customer/
corridor mix and CPI) 
	• Bulk up $15m (7%) driven by minerals 
and iron ore volumes, offset by lower 
grain volumes, rail network impacts 
from weather and the cessation of a rail 
maintenance contract in the Pilbara
	• Other down $9m (17%) driven by the 
ramp-up to full schedule operations for 
Containerised Freight.
	› Final dividend declared of 7.3cps (60% 
franked), representing a payout ratio of 80% 
of underlying NPAT for 2HFY2024.
	› Announced an on-market buy-back of  
up to $150m.
Outlook
Group underlying EBITDA for FY2025 is 
expected to increase and be in the range 
of $1,660m–$1,740m. Sustaining capital 
expenditure is expected to be $640m–$720m 
(including ~$80m of transformation capital) 
and growth capital expenditure is expected  
to be $125m–$175m. 
Key assumptions:
	› Network: EBITDA expected to be higher 
than FY2024 with an increase in the 
regulated revenue, partially offset by lower 
external construction works. No volume 
related over-recovery assumed
	› Coal: EBITDA expected to be broadly 
consistent with FY2024, with higher 
volumes being offset by the normalisation 
(lower) of yield (due to customer/
corridor mix) and higher traincrew and 
maintenance costs
	› Bulk: EBITDA expected to be higher than 
FY2024 driven by volume growth in Bulk 
Central, more than offsetting an expected 
volume decline in Bulk West
	› Other: Containerised Freight is expected to 
have a broadly neutral EBITDA contribution
	› No significant disruptions to supply chains 
(such as major derailments or extreme/
prolonged wet weather).
1 Free Cash Flow (Continuing operations) defined as net cash flow from operating activities (less non-growth capex) and interest paid. It excludes growth capex 
(FY2024: $204m, FY2023: $203m), payments for acquisitions (FY2024: $nil, FY2023: $1,434m) and cash cost associated with acquisitions (FY2024: $nil, 
FY2023: $49m (pre-tax)).
FY2024 in Review
1

Chairman’s Report
Dear Shareholders
I am pleased to present our FY2024 Annual  
Report.
Aurizon performed well in FY2024, 
delivering strong financial outcomes and 
improved returns for shareholders, while 
continuing a disciplined investment program 
in assets to support future growth in 
volumes and earnings. 
Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) in 
FY2024 was $1,624 million, a 14% increase 
compared to FY2023. This represented 
a strong result and again reinforces the 
resilience of our business in the face of 
some specific customer and weather-related 
impacts during the year.
The Board has declared a final dividend of 
7.3 cents per share, 60 % franked, taking 
total dividends for FY2024 to 17 cents. This 
compared to 15 cents per share paid in 
FY2023. We are pleased to increase dividends 
for shareholders and to also announce 
an on-market share buy-back of up to 
$150 million to be completed during FY2025. 
This outcome reflects strong free cash flow, 
lower gearing and reducing expenditure on 
growth capital as we round out previously 
announced investments in the Bulk and 
Containerised Freight businesses. Over the 
past five years, Aurizon has returned almost 
$3 billion to shareholders through dividends 
and share buy-backs. 
The Company has continued to implement key 
initiatives during FY2024, as we look to tap 
into emerging and growing markets. Aurizon 
is a business that is leveraged to demand for 
high-quality Australian commodities, driven by 
infrastructure development, energy generation 
and storage, and global food consumption. 
We see this in the products we carry on our 
trains, across our track infrastructure and 
through our terminals and portside assets. 
These include metallurgical and thermal coal, 
iron ore, critical minerals, consumer goods, 
grains and phosphate. 
Key initiatives progressed during FY2024 to 
tap into these opportunities included:
	› investments to complement our 2022 
acquisition of One Rail Australia, including 
the installation of mobile harbour cranes at 
the Port of Darwin and a major rail siding 
near Tennant Creek for one of our new 
customers. These investments are designed 
to capitalise on the latent capacity of the 
north-south rail corridor and the port, with 
the opportunity to significantly increase 
export and import volumes through Darwin. 
For example, in July 2024 our Containerised 
Freight team commenced trials moving 
imported cars through the Port of Darwin as 
we explore options for land-bridging freight 
by rail to southern markets. 
	› the completion in May 2024 of the ramp-
up of national linehaul services by the 
Containerised Freight business, connecting 
key markets and import/export terminals. 
We see a strong future for containerised 
freight traffic in Australia, based on the 
underlying strength of the economy and 
the competitive advantage that rail freight 
offers as the nation pursues efficient, low-
carbon supply chains to meet the needs of 
industry and consumers.
	› approximately $200 million of investment 
in new locomotives and wagons, port and 
terminal equipment, terminal land and 
infrastructure, and track infrastructure. 
The majority of growth capital invested 
during the year was aligned to our business 
strategy where we invest in growing 
markets for Containerised Freight and 
Bulk, and continue to optimise the highly 
resilient and cash-generative businesses of 
Network and Coal.
On the following pages, our Managing 
Director & CEO, Andrew Harding covers the 
performance and highlights for FY2024 of 
each of the four business units: Bulk, Coal, 
Containerised Freight and Network. The Board 
is pleased with the progress of the strategic 
initiatives as we transform and re-shape 
the Company’s position in supply chains 
across Australia. This recognises Aurizon’s 
leading position in delivering coal haulage 
and infrastructure services for customers, 
together with our aspirations to achieve a 
larger share of the available bulk haulage and 
containerised freight markets. 
During October last year, we farewelled Sam 
Lewis from the Aurizon Board after almost 
nine years of outstanding service. Sam was 
the Chair of Aurizon’s Audit, Governance 
and Risk Management Committee for almost 
her entire time on the Board, a job she did 
exceptionally well. I would like to thank Sam 
for her tremendous contribution to Aurizon 
and wish her the very best for the future.
On behalf of the Board, I acknowledge the 
ongoing efforts and commitment of our 
employees across Aurizon’s national footprint. 
The Board is also pleased to note the 
continuing improvements by the Aurizon team 
across key safety metrics during FY2024 and 
Andrew shares more detail in his report.
In closing, thank you to our shareholders 
for your continued support. By leveraging 
the strength of all business units in Aurizon, 
aligned to our strategy, we are well-positioned 
for continued growth in earnings and 
increasing returns to shareholders. 
Tim Poole
Chairman 
12 August 2024
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
2

Managing Director & CEO’s Report
Dear Shareholders
I am pleased to report that Aurizon continues 
to track well against our strategy, investing 
in growth markets while sustaining strong 
volumes and cash flow in the Coal and 
Network businesses. We delivered a significant 
investment program during FY2024, primarily 
committed to growth initiatives in the Bulk 
and Containerised Freight businesses. This 
has established a solid platform for continued 
expansion, with installed assets and capability 
to tap into growth markets. I will cover this 
work and the performance of Aurizon’s four 
business units later in my report.
First, I will address operational safety 
performance. It is satisfying to see ongoing 
improvements achieved during the year 
across our two primary safety metrics: 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) and potential and Serious Injury 
and Fatality Frequency Rate including both 
actual and potential events (SIFR(a+p)). 
In FY2024, TRIFR improved by 15% and 
SIFR(a+p) improved 29%. 
In addition to a range of operational safety 
initiatives, Aurizon in FY2024 commenced a 
major education and awareness campaign 
to support improved level crossing safety, 
‘Respect the sign. Lives are on the line.’ Level 
crossings remain one of the greatest risks for 
Aurizon train crew and we are determined 
to support the collective efforts by industry, 
government and other agencies to improve 
community awareness and education, 
and to influence motorists’ behaviour at 
level crossings.
The Chairman in his report details the financial 
performance of the Company and the strong 
result in delivering Underlying Earnings Before 
Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation 
(EBITDA) of $1,624 million (m), a 14% 
increase compared to FY2023. Below is an 
overview of business unit performance and 
the respective contributions to this result 
compared to FY2023.
Bulk 
Bulk EBITDA was up 7% to $229m, primarily 
driven by strong minerals and iron ore 
volumes, partly offset by lower grain volumes, 
rail network impacts from weather and 
cessation of a rail maintenance contract. 
Volumes hauled of 66.6 million tonnes were 
down by 2% compared to FY2023.
The major contract activity included: 
	› Minara: A 10-year logistics contract plus 
a four-year off-road haulage contract 
commencing July 2024 (WA)
	› Gold Valley: A 10-year contract for rail 
haulage of iron ore commencing in 
September 2024 (WA) 
	› South 32: A 15-year contract extension for 
haulage and rollingstock maintenance for 
Worsley Alumina (WA)
	› Mineral Resources: The Yilgarn Hub will 
transition to care and maintenance by the 
end of CY2024, with rail haulage ceasing in 
line with this ramp down (WA).
The investment in additional assets for the 
business and its future growth continued 
through FY2024, including $135m to purchase 
standard-gauge locomotives and wagons. This 
rollingstock is used to service both Bulk and 
Containerised Freight customers. Likewise, 
our investment in mobile harbour cranes 
at the Port of Darwin are being utilised by 
both businesses, as we grow the volume of 
export and import goods through Australia’s 
northernmost port and the gateway to 
Asian economies.
Coal
Coal EBITDA increased by $73m or 16% to 
$528m, driven by higher yield and higher 
volumes. Volumes increased 4 million tonnes 
(2%) to 189 million tonnes, primarily driven 
by volume growth in New South Wales and 
South-East Queensland, partly offset by 
volume reductions in Central Queensland. 
During the year, new volumes were 
transported from New Acland (New Hope), 
Malabar (Maxwell), Olive Downs (Pembroke) 
and SIMEC (Tahmoor). The Coal business also 
commenced the rail maintenance contract for 
BMA Rail. Contract extensions were executed 
with Yancoal for the Yarrabee mine and also 
with Sungela for the Ensham mine, both in 
Central Queensland. Aurizon ceased haulage 
for New Wilkie (New Wilkie Energy) which 
entered voluntary administration.
We are implementing one of our major 
technology transformation initiatives, 
TrainGuard in the Coal business. TrainGuard 
supports safer and more efficient train 
operations, and also provides a pathway 
to expanding our driver-only operations 
in Central Queensland. A number of major 
milestones were achieved in FY2024 with 
deployment of the technology on all AC 
electric trainsets on the Blackwater System 
(Callemondah to Bluff) and initial deployment 
in the Goonyella System.
Containerised Freight
In May 2024, Containerised Freight completed 
the ramp-up of national linehaul rail services, 
with East-West (Sydney/Melbourne-Adelaide-
Perth) and North-South (Melbourne-
Sydney-Brisbane) services now available 
for our customer base. This milestone was 
a great achievement, coming just over a 
year from the stand-up of the Containerised 
Freight business. 
At our July 2023 Strategy Day, we shared 
our aspirations for the growth of the 
Containerised Freight business, including the 
opportunity to leverage our rail infrastructure 
through Central Australia and port terminal 
assets in Darwin for the land-bridging 
of freight to southern markets. This is an 
emerging market as the Australian economy 
grows, and shippers look for alternate 
and faster supply chains. We are currently 
undertaking trials for the movement of 
imported cars through Port of Darwin, and on 
rail to Adelaide and Melbourne. It is early days 
but we will be working hard to convert this 
commercial opportunity for Aurizon.
With its establishment in February 2023, 
Containerised Freight is not considered 
a separate reportable segment and is 
reported in ‘Other’ for the purpose of the 
FY2024 financial results.
Network
Network EBITDA increased $117m or 14% 
to $930m in FY2024. Volumes transported 
across the Central Queensland Coal Network 
(CQCN) increased by 1% to 209.6 million 
tonnes. The Network business operates 
Australia’s largest rail supply chain for export 
coal, with 2,670 kilometres of track connecting 
customers from more than 40 mines to 
five export terminals located at three ports. 
The business remains core to Aurizon’s 
commercial strength and is responsible for 
more than 50% of total Company earnings, 
which in turn supports investment in other 
parts of Aurizon’s business.
Sustainability
Aurizon’s work in decarbonising our 
operations continued to progress well during 
FY2024 with a target of achieving net-zero 
operational emissions by 2050. We have major 
initiatives underway to develop low or zero-
emissions locomotives using battery electric 
and hydrogen solutions, or a combination of 
both. In July 2024, we also completed our first 
nature-based carbon-offsetting tree reserve in 
Central Queensland, comprising 59,000 trees 
on 118 hectares. The project was registered 
by the Clean Energy Regulator in December 
2022, with Australian Government funding 
supporting the establishment of the project. 
You can read about our sustainability work in 
our Climate Strategy and Action Plan and our 
Sustainability Report, available on our website. 
In closing, I extend my thanks to all of our 
employees across Australia for their work 
and dedication during FY2024. While the 
Company enjoys quality rollingstock and 
infrastructure assets, it is the commitment and 
capability of our 6,000 strong workforce that 
makes a difference in the highly competitive 
markets in which we operate. 
Andrew Harding
Managing Director & CEO 
12 August 2024
Managing Director & CEO's Report
3

Directors’ Report
Aurizon Holdings Limited 
For the year ended 30 June 2024
The Directors of Aurizon Holdings Limited 
present their Directors’ Report together 
with the Financial Report of the Company 
and its controlled entities (collectively the 
Consolidated Entity or the Group) for the 
financial year ended 30 June 2024 and the 
Independent Auditors’ Report thereon.
This Directors’ Report has been prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of Division 
1 of Part 2M.3 of the Corporations Act.
Board of Directors
The following people are Directors of the 
Company, or were Directors during the 
reporting period:
Tim Poole 
(Appointed 1 July 2015) 
(Chairman, Independent Non-Executive  
Director).
Andrew Harding 
(Appointed 1 December 2016) 
(Managing Director & CEO).
Marcelo Bastos 
(Appointed 15 November 2017) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Russell Caplan 
(Appointed 14 September 2010) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Samantha Lewis 
(Appointed 17 February 2015)  
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 
Ms Lewis retired from the Board effective 
12 October 2023.
Tim Longstaff 
(Appointed 1 June 2023) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Sarah Ryan 
(Appointed 1 December 2019) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Lyell Strambi 
(Appointed 1 December 2019) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Samantha Tough 
(Appointed 1 September 2023) 
(Independent Non-Executive Director).
Details of each Director’s experience, 
qualifications, special responsibilities and 
other Directorships of listed companies as at 
the date of this Directors’ Report are set out in 
the pages following.
Tim Poole
Experience: Mr Poole began his executive 
career in 1990 at PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(then Price Waterhouse) before joining 
Hastings Funds Management in 1995. 
He helped to build Hastings into a global 
investor in private market assets, principally 
equity and debt issued by infrastructure 
companies and was the Managing Director 
from 2005 to 2007. 
Since retiring from Hastings, Mr Poole has 
been an investor and non-executive director 
of a range of public and private companies 
in sectors including infrastructure, transport, 
property, financial services and mining. 
Qualifications: BCom.
Special responsibilities: Chair of Nomination 
& Succession Committee. Member of 
Remuneration and People Committee. 
Member of Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee. 
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: McMillan 
Shakespeare Limited — Non-Executive  
Director (17 December 2013 – 31 August 2022); 
and Reece Limited — Non-Executive Director 
(28 July 2016 – ongoing); (Chairman from  
22 May 2023).
Andrew Harding
Experience: Mr Harding was appointed 
Managing Director & CEO of Aurizon 
in December 2016.
Mr Harding has more than 30 years’ 
experience across the resource and rail 
sectors, as a leader committed to creating 
sustainable, productive businesses that make 
meaningful contributions to the community.
Mr Harding has led initiatives to leverage 
Aurizon’s core expertise in heavy haulage 
and rail infrastructure, and to drive improved 
safety and operational performance.
Mr Harding champions the role of rail in 
decarbonising the nation’s supply chains, 
leveraging the environmental, safety and 
productivity benefits of rail freight for 
economic and community benefit.
Prior to starting with Aurizon, Mr Harding 
was the global Chief Executive of Rio Tinto’s 
Iron Ore business with responsibility for 
managing supply chains for the world’s largest 
integrated portfolio of iron ore assets.
Qualifications: BEng.  
(Mining Engineering), MBA.
Special responsibilities: Managing Director 
& CEO of Aurizon. Director of Aurizon 
subsidiary companies including Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd. Member of Safety, Health 
& Environment Committee.
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: None other than 
Aurizon Holdings Limited.
Marcelo Bastos
Experience: Mr Bastos has more than 35 years 
of experience globally in the mining industry. 
He has extensive experience in major project 
development, operations, logistics and senior 
leadership in most of the major sectors of 
the mining industry including iron ore, gold, 
copper, nickel, zinc and coal.
Previously, Mr Bastos was the Chief Operating 
Officer of MMG Limited with responsibility for 
the business in four continents and a member 
of many of the company Boards. Before 
MMG, he spent seven years with BHP Billiton 
where he served as President Nickel Americas, 
President Nickel West (based in Perth), and 
Chief Executive Officer and President of BHP 
Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (based in Brisbane).
Mr Bastos also had a 19-year career with 
Vale in a range of senior management and 
operational positions in Brazil, including 
General Manager of Carajas in the northern 
region and also Director of Non Ferrous 
— Copper business.
Mr Bastos is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of IIuka Resources Limited — Chair 
of Sustainability Committee, Non-Executive 
Director of Anglo American PLC — Chair of 
Global Workforce Advisory Panel and was 
appointed a Non-Executive Director of IGO 
Limited on 1 July 2024. Mr Bastos is also a 
Technical Review Board Member of Sumitomo 
Corporation. He was an External Director 
(Non-Executive Independent) of Golder 
Associates from 2017 to 2021.
Qualifications: BEng. Mechanical (Hons),  
MBA (FDC-MG), MAICD.
Special responsibilities: Non-Executive 
Director of Aurizon Network Pty Ltd. 
Chair of Safety, Health & Environment 
Committee. Member of Nomination 
& Succession Committee.
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: lluka Resources 
Limited — Non-Executive Director 
(February 2014 – ongoing); and IGO Limited — 
Non-Executive Director (July 2024 – ongoing). 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
4

Russell Caplan
Experience: Mr Caplan has extensive 
international experience in the oil and gas 
industry. In a 42-year career with Shell, he held 
senior roles in the upstream and downstream 
operations, and corporate functions in 
Australia and overseas. From 1997 to 2006, 
he had senior international postings in the 
UK, Europe and the USA. From 2006 to July 
2010, he was Chairman of the Shell Group of 
Companies in Australia. Mr Caplan is Chairman 
and Non-Executive Director of Horizon 
Roads Pty Ltd. He is a former Chairman 
of the Melbourne and Olympic Parks Trust, 
the Australian Institute of Petroleum and 
Orica Limited and Non-Executive Director 
of Woodside Petroleum Limited.
Qualifications: LLB, FAICD, FAIM.
Special responsibilities: Member of 
Remuneration and People Committee. 
Member of Audit, Governance & 
Risk Management Committee.
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: None other than 
Aurizon Holdings Limited.
Tim Longstaff
Experience: Mr Longstaff’s over 
35 year professional career brings a depth of 
experience in finance, accounting, strategy, 
acquisitions and divestments, debt and 
equity capital markets, risk management and 
investor engagement amongst asset-intensive 
industrial companies.
Mr Longstaff qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Price Waterhouse before 
a 25-year career in investment banking at 
first-tier global firms including JPMorgan, and 
Deutsche Bank in Australia and internationally. 
In this time, Mr Longstaff was a strategic 
partner, and advised the Boards and CEOs 
of leading Australian and global companies 
on transformational M&A and capital 
markets transactions.
More recently, Mr Longstaff served as Senior 
Advisor to a Federal Cabinet Minister in the 
Trade & Investment and Finance portfolios. 
Through this experience, he brings global 
geo-political perspectives and insights into 
transport and infrastructure policies, the 
workings of Government and regulated assets.
Mr Longstaff is a Non-Executive Director of 
the ASX-listed Inghams Group Limited and 
Perenti Limited, and also of Snowy Hydro 
Limited and The George Institute for Global 
Health. He is a member of the Takeovers Panel. 
Qualifications: BEc, FCA, GAICD, SF Fin.
Special responsibilities: Non-Executive 
Director of Aurizon Network Pty Ltd. 
Chair of Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee. 
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: Inghams 
Group Limited — Non-Executive Director 
(20 January 2022 – ongoing); and 
Perenti Limited — Non-Executive Director 
(16 August 2021 – ongoing).
Mr Strambi is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Brisbane Airport Corporation.  
He is a former Non-Executive Director of 
APAC, StarTrack Express, Traveland and 
Southern Cross Distribution Systems, and was 
President of the Royal Flying Doctors SE.
Mr Strambi is a Graduate and Fellow 
of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors, and a Member of the Australian 
Institute of Management.
Qualifications: BBus (Accy), FAICD.
Special responsibilities: Chair of Aurizon 
Network Pty Ltd. Member of Safety, Health 
& Environment Committee. Member of 
Nomination & Succession Committee.
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: None other than 
Aurizon Holdings Limited.
Samantha Tough
Experience: Ms Tough has had a distinguished 
executive and non-executive career with 
experience in many industry sectors including 
energy, resources, agriculture, oil and gas, 
technology, water and engineering.
Ms Tough is Pro Vice Chancellor of Industry 
and Commercial at the University of Western 
Australia, Chair of Horizon Power, and 
a Director of the Clean Energy Finance 
Corporation and Rumin8 Pty Ltd.
Ms Tough has experience in the regions of 
Western Australia and Australia generally, and 
has served on over 20 boards of listed, private 
and government entities. She completed 
a Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of 
Jurisprudence at UWA, and moved to the 
commercial sector early in her career. She has 
Fellow status with the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.
Qualifications: LLB, BJuris, FAICD. 
Special responsibilities: Chair of 
Remuneration and People Committee. 
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: Fluence 
Corporation — Non-Executive Director 
(June 2021 – July 2023).
Sarah Ryan
Experience: Dr Ryan has approximately 
30 years of international experience in the 
oil and gas industry. Initially, Dr Ryan spent 
20 years in various technical, operational 
and senior management positions, including 
15 years with Schlumberger Limited both in 
Australia and overseas. Dr Ryan then spent 
10 years as an equity analyst covering natural 
resources with institutional investment firm 
Earnest Partners, based in the US.
Dr Ryan is currently a Non-Executive Director 
of ASX-listed entities Viva Energy Group 
Limited, Transurban Group and Calix Limited, 
and a Non-Executive Director of Future 
Battery Industry Cooperative Research Centre. 
Dr Ryan is a former Non-Executive Director 
of ASX-listed Woodside Energy Group 
Ltd, Oz Minerals Limited and Norwegian-
listed Akastor ASA.
Dr Ryan is a Fellow of the Australian Academy 
of Technology and Engineering.
Qualifications: PhD (Petroleum and 
Geophysics), BSc (Geophysics) (Hons 1), 
BSc (Geology), FTSE.
Special responsibilities: Member of Audit, 
Governance & Risk Management Committee. 
Member of Safety, Health & Environment 
Committee. Member of Nomination & 
Succession Committee. 
Australian Listed Company Directorships 
held in the past three years: Calix Limited  
— Non-Executive Director (1 January 2024 – 
current); Transurban Group — Non-Executive 
Director (1 September 2023 – ongoing); Viva 
Energy Group — Non-Executive Director 
(18 June 2018 – ongoing); Woodside Energy  
— Non-Executive Director (24 October 2012  
– 28 April 2023); and OZ Minerals Limited — 
Non-Executive Director (17 May 2021 –  
2 May 2023).
Lyell Strambi
Experience: Mr Strambi has a wealth of 
experience in the aviation sector both in 
Australia and abroad, spanning 40 years. In 
June 2020, Mr Strambi concluded his tenure 
as CEO and Managing Director of Australia 
Pacific Airports Corporation (APAC). Having 
been appointed in September 2015, during 
his time at APAC he was responsible for 
the operation and development of both the 
Melbourne and Launceston airports, and for 
overseeing a direct workforce of 300 staff and 
assets valued in excess of $10 billion.
Prior to his role at APAC, Mr Strambi was the 
Chief Executive Officer of Qantas Airways 
Domestic, a role he held for three years 
following four years as the airline’s Group 
Executive Operations. Between 2001 and 
2008, Mr Strambi was based in London 
working in senior roles at Virgin Atlantic 
including Executive Director — Airline 
Services followed by six years as Chief 
Operating Officer.
Directors' Report
5

Directors’ Report
(continued)
Company Secretary 
David Wenck
Mr Wenck was appointed Company Secretary 
in April 2021. He joined Aurizon in 2010 as 
Group General Counsel and has over 30 years’ 
experience in corporate and commercial law. 
Prior to joining Aurizon, David was a partner 
in a leading Australian law firm practising in 
corporate, commercial and competition law.
David holds a Bachelor of Laws with Honours 
and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.
Qualifications: LLB (Hons.), 
GDLP (UTS), MAICD.
Nicole Allder  
Ms Allder was appointed Company Secretary 
in February 2023, having joined Aurizon as a 
Legal Counsel in 2018. She has over 20 years’ 
experience in providing in-house legal and 
company secretariat services. Prior to joining 
Aurizon, Nicole held positions at ASX-listed 
companies including General Counsel & 
Company Secretary at CSG Limited, and 
Deputy Company Secretary and Legal 
Counsel at the Virgin Australia Group. Nicole 
holds a Bachelor of Laws and a Graduate 
Diploma in Applied Corporate Governance.
Qualifications: LLB, GradDipLP, GradDipACG.
Board skills and experience
During the year, the Board reviewed and 
updated its Board Skills Matrix to reflect 
the mix of diverse skills and experience 
considered optimal for the Board.
The Board considers its Directors collectively 
have the range of skills, knowledge and 
experience necessary to direct the Company. 
The depth of experience held by the 
current Board members across key skill and 
experience areas is reflected in the matrix in 
Figure 2 on the following page.
The Board is an advocate for diversity of 
thinking and its gender, age and tenure 
diversity is depicted in Figure 1.
In instances where the Board recognises 
additional experience in a particular 
area would be beneficial to the Board’s 
performance, the Board takes the approach 
of enhancing its experience in those areas, 
including through development opportunities 
such as conducting site visits, receiving 
further briefings from management and third 
parties, or undertaking workshops.
In identifying and selecting potential new 
Directors, the Skills Matrix assists in identifying 
the experience and skills that will best equip 
the Board to fulfil its role.
Note: This reflects the position as at 30 June 2024.
FIGURE 1 — BOARD DIVERSITY
Board tenure 
(years) 
FY24
25% 
0–2
25% 
4–6
13% 
8–10
25% 
6–8
12% 
10+
Board  
diversity 
FY24
25% 
FEMALE
75% 
MALE
Board age  
(years) 
FY24
25% 
53–56
38% 
57–60
13% 
61–64
12% 
65–68
12% 
69+
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
6

FIGURE 2 — BOARD SKILLS & EXPERIENCE
CATEGORY
DESCRIPTION
SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE MIX
1. Leadership
Both senior executive and non-executive 
director experience with a significant listed  
or private company.
2. Strategy
Experience developing, assessing and executing 
strategic plans to drive long-term growth 
and transformation.
3. Industry experience
Experience as a senior executive or advisor to a 
transport business, a regulated infrastructure business, 
or a business involved in bulk supply chains.
4. Transactions and 
capital markets
Experience in completing significant corporate 
transactions, equity/debt capital markets and  
capital management.
5. Customer and business 
development
Experience in business development and developing 
customer-focused strategies with detailed knowledge 
of Aurizon’s customer base.
6. Technology
Experience in managing and protecting information, 
identifying emerging or disruptive technologies  
and in critically assessing technology projects.
7. People and culture
Experience in employee relations strategies,  
governing executive remuneration frameworks  
for listed companies, and overseeing workplace  
culture and safety.
8. Sustainability
Experience in climate-exposed industries,  
transition strategies and emerging technologies  
or sources of energy.
9. Government, industry 
and community
Experience working with government, government 
departments, relevant industry associations and 
community stakeholders.
10. Financial  
expertise
Qualifications or experience in accounting  
or financial reporting, and in assessing related  
reporting and internal controls.
11. Risk management
Experience in overseeing risk frameworks  
and controls, and in identifying and monitoring  
key risks and controls, and the effectiveness  
of risk and compliance functions.
12. Governance
Knowledge and experience of high standards  
of corporate governance for listed companies.
 
Note: This reflects the position as at 30 June 2024.
Significant skills 
and experience
Limited skills 
and experience
Directors' Report
7

TABLE 1 — DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
DIRECTOR
AURIZON HOLDINGS 
BOARD
AUDIT, GOVERNANCE 
& RISK MANAGEMENT 
COMMITTEE
REMUNERATION AND 
PEOPLE COMMITTEE
SAFETY, HEALTH 
& ENVIRONMENT 
COMMITTEE
NOMINATION 
& SUCCESSION 
COMMITTEE
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
T Poole1
11
11
6
6
4
4
6 
6 
A Harding1
11
11
4
4
M Bastos
11
11
4
4
6
6
R Caplan
11
11
6
6
4
4
S Lewis2
4
3
2
2
2
2
1 
1 
T Longstaff3
11
11
6
6
S Ryan
11
10
6
6
4
4
6
6
L Strambi
11
11
4
4
6
6
S Tough4
9
9
2
2
A 	Number of meetings held while appointed as a Director or Member of a Committee.
B 	Number of meetings attended by the Director while appointed as a Director or Member of a Committee.
1  In addition to the meetings above, a Committee of the Board comprising T Poole and A Harding met on three occasions.
2 S Lewis retired from the Board on 12 October 2023.
3 T Longstaff was appointed Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee Chair on 12 October 2023.
4 S Tough joined the Board on 1 September 2023, and was appointed Remuneration and People Committee Chair on 1 September 2023.
TABLE 2 — DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
DIRECTOR
NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
T Poole
250,500
A Harding
2,513,926 
M Bastos
65,947
R Caplan
82,132
T Longstaff
27,500
S Ryan
63,000
L Strambi
62,362 
S Tough 
–
Details regarding remuneration and shareholding of Directors is set out in the Remuneration Report.  
Only Mr Harding, Managing Director & CEO, receives performance rights, details of which are set out in the 
Remuneration Report.
Directors’ meetings
The number of Board meetings (including 
Board Committee meetings) and number of 
meetings attended by each of the Directors of 
the Company during the financial year are  
listed above.
During the year, the Aurizon Network Pty Ltd 
Board met on eight occasions.
Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests set out in Table 2 are as 
at 30 June 2024.
Directors’ Report 
(continued)
Principal activities
The principal activities of entities within the 
Group during the year were:
Network
This segment manages the provision of access 
to the CQCN below rail infrastructure, and 
operation and maintenance of the network.
Coal
This segment provides transport of 
metallurgical and thermal coal from 
mines in Queensland and New South 
Wales to domestic customers and coal 
export terminals.
Bulk
This segment provides integrated supply chain 
services, including rail and road transportation, 
port services and material handling for a range 
of mining, metal, industrial and agricultural 
customers throughout Australia. This segment 
also manages the Tarcoola-to-Darwin rail 
infrastructure, the intrastate rail freight 
network in South Australia, and containerised 
freight services between Adelaide and Darwin.
Other
This segment includes other Containerised 
Freight related to the National Interstate 
services, which is not considered a separate 
reportable segment, as well as other revenue 
and central costs not allocated such as 
Board, Managing Director & CEO, Company 
Secretary, strategy and investor relations.
Review of operations
A review of the Group’s operations for 
the financial year and the results of those 
operations are contained in the Operating  
and Financial Review as set out on Pages  
10—27 of this report.
Dividends
A final dividend of 8.0 cents per fully paid 
ordinary share (60% franked) was paid on 
27 September 2023 and an interim dividend 
of 9.7 cents per fully paid ordinary share 
(60% franked) was paid on 27 March 2024.
Further details of dividends provided for, or 
paid, are set out in Note 15 to the consolidated 
financial statements.
Since the end of the financial year, the 
Directors have declared to pay a final dividend 
of 7.3 cents per fully paid ordinary share. The 
dividend will be 60% franked and is payable 
on 25 September 2024.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
8

State of affairs
In the opinion of the Directors, there were 
no significant changes in the state of affairs 
of the Company that occurred during the 
financial year under review.
Events since the end of the 
financial year
The Directors are not aware of any events or 
developments which are not set out in this 
report or Note 31 of the Financial Report that 
have, or would have, a significant effect on the 
Group’s state of affairs, its operations or its 
expected results in future years.
Likely developments
Information about likely developments in the 
operations of the Group and the expected 
results of those operations are covered in the 
Chairman’s Report set out on Page 2 of this 
report and the Managing Director & CEO’s 
Report set out on Page 3 of this report, and at 
a high level in the outlook provided on Page 1  
of this report.
In the opinion of the Directors, disclosure of 
any further information would be likely to 
result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.
CEO and CFO declaration
The Managing Director & CEO and Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO) have provided a 
written statement to the Board in accordance 
with Section 295A of the Corporations Act.
With regard to the financial records and 
systems of risk management and internal 
compliance in this written statement, the 
Board received assurance from the Managing 
Director & CEO and CFO that the declaration 
was founded on a sound system of risk 
management and internal control, and that 
the system was operating effectively in all 
material respects in relation to the reporting 
of financial risks.
Indemnification and insurance 
of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that the 
Company may indemnify any person who is, 
or has been, an officer of the Group, including 
the Directors and Company Secretary, against 
liabilities incurred while acting as such officers 
to the maximum extent permitted by law.
The Company has entered into a Deed of 
Access, Indemnity and Insurance with each 
of the Company’s Directors. No Director or 
officer of the Company has received benefits 
under an indemnity from the Company during 
or since the end of the year.
The Company has paid a premium for  
insurance for Directors and officers of the 
Group. This insurance is against a liability 
for costs and expenses incurred by officers 
in defending civil or criminal proceedings 
involving them as such officers, with some 
exceptions. The contract of insurance 
prohibits disclosure of the nature of the 
liability insured against and the amount 
of the premium paid.
Proceedings against the Company
The Directors are not aware of any current 
civil litigation proceedings, arbitration 
proceedings, administration appeals or 
criminal or governmental prosecutions of a 
material nature that are not set out in this 
report or Note 30 of the Financial Report in 
which Aurizon Holdings is directly or indirectly 
concerned which are likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the business or financial 
position of the Company.
Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Report is set out 
on Pages 28—42 and forms part of the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2024.
Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in this report and in 
the financial statements have been rounded 
to the nearest $1,000,000 unless otherwise 
stated (where rounding is applicable) 
in accordance with ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191. The Company is an entity 
to which the instrument applies.
Non-audit services
During the year, the Company’s auditor, 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (Deloitte), 
performed other services in addition to its 
audit responsibilities.
The Directors are satisfied that the provision 
of non-audit services by Deloitte during the 
reporting period did not compromise the 
auditor independence requirements set out 
in the Corporations Act 2001. 
All non-audit services were subject to the 
Company’s Non-Audit Services Policy and 
do not undermine the general principles 
relating to auditor independence set out 
in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants as they did not involve reviewing 
or auditing the auditor’s own work, acting 
in a management or decision-making 
capacity for the Company, or jointly sharing 
risks and rewards. 
Ms Lewis, Chair of the Audit, Governance 
& Risk Management Committee, who retired 
from the Board on 12 October 2023, was 
a former partner of Deloitte. She had no 
ongoing financial arrangements with Deloitte. 
No other officer of the Company was a 
former Partner or Director of Deloitte.
Details of the amounts paid to the auditor of 
the Company and its related practices for  
non-audit services provided throughout the 
year are as set out below:
2024 
$’000
Other assurance services
Total remuneration for other 
assurance services
217
OTHER SERVICES
Total remuneration 
for other services
14
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
A copy of the Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration, as required under section 307C 
of the Corporations Act, is set out on Page 43.
The Directors’ Report is made in accordance 
with a resolution of the Directors 
of the Company.
Tim Poole
Chairman 
12 August 2024
Directors' Report
9

Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS (Underlying continuing operations unless stated)
The Group’s financial performance is explained using measures that are not defined under IFRS Accounting Standards and are therefore termed 
Non-IFRS measures. The Non-IFRS financial information contained within this Directors’ Report and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
has not been audited in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. The Non-IFRS measures used to monitor Group performance are EBITDA 
(Statutory and Underlying), EBITDA margin (Statutory and Underlying), EBIT (Statutory and Underlying), NPAT Underlying, Return on Invested 
Capital (ROIC), Net debt and Net gearing ratios. Each of these measures are discussed in more detail on Page 110. Unless otherwise noted, the 
Operating and Financial Review information excludes discontinued operations being One Rail Australia Holdings Limited (ORAH).
1.	
Annual Comparison
FINANCIAL SUMMARY 
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Total revenue and other income
3,844
3,511
9%
Operating costs
Employee benefits 
 (1,086)
(977)
(11%)
Energy and fuel
 (391)
(438)
11%
External track access
 (146)
(110)
(33%)
Consumables
 (582)
(539)
(8%)
Other 
 (15)
(19)
21%
EBITDA 
 1,624 
1,428
14%
Statutory EBITDA
 1,624 
1,379
18%
Depreciation and amortisation 
 (707)
(666)
(6%)
EBIT 
 917 
762
20%
Statutory EBIT
 917 
713
29%
Net finance costs 
(333)
(230)
(45%)
Income tax expense
(178)
(165)
(8%)
Statutory Income tax expense
(178)
(159)
(12%)
NPAT 
406
367
11%
Statutory NPAT
406
324
25%
Statutory NPAT from discontinued operations
 – 
(48)
100%
NPAT (group) Statutory
406
276
47%
Earnings per share1
22.1
 19.9 
11%
Statutory
22.1
 17.6 
26%
Earnings per share1 (continuing and discontinued operations)
22.1
 21.8 
1%
Statutory
22.1
 15.0 
47%
Return on invested capital (ROIC)2
8.9%
7.5%
1.4ppt
Net cash flow from operating activities 
1,616
1,015
59%
Total dividend per share (cps)
17.0
15.0
13%
Gearing (net debt / (net debt + equity)) (group)
52.2%
53.7%
(1.5ppt)
Net debt / EBITDA3
3.0x
3.5x
0.5x
Net tangible assets per share ($) (group)
2.3
2.2
5%
People (FTE) 
5,930
5,618
6%
Labour costs4 / Revenue
28.1%
27.7%
(0.4ppt)
1 	 Calculated on weighted average number of shares on issue — 1,841m for both FY2024 and FY2023.
2 	ROIC is defined as underlying rolling 12-month EBIT divided by the average invested capital. The average invested capital is calculated as the rolling 12-month average of 
net assets (excluding cash, borrowings, tax, derivative financial assets and liabilities).
3	 Net debt is defined as borrowings (both current and non-current) less cash and cash equivalent. Net debt for Network and Operations is adjusted for funds drawn under 
the Intra Group Loan Agreement. Network — Net debt / EBITDA: 3.9x (FY2023: 4.5x), Operations — Net debt / EBITDA: 1.8x (FY2023: 2.3x).
4 	FY2024 excludes $5m in redundancy costs (FY2023 excludes $5m in redundancy costs).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
10

EBITDA BY SEGMENT
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Coal
528
455
16%
Bulk
229
214
7%
Network
930
813
14%
Other
(63)
(54)
(17%)
Group (Continuing operations)
1,624
1,428
14%
Group Performance Overview 
Group EBITDA increased $196m or 14% with earnings growth across Coal, Bulk and Network. Higher (allowable) revenue and a volume  
over-recovery were the primary drivers for Network. Higher volumes and yield (customer/corridor mix and CPI) were the primary drivers for Coal.  
Bulk was supported by additional minerals and iron ore volumes, offset by lower grain volumes, rail network impacts from weather and the cessation 
of a rail maintenance contract in the Pilbara. Other EBITDA was lower primarily driven by the Containerised Freight ramp-up to full schedule, 
with costs installed ahead of revenue growth.
Operating costs increased by $137m or 7% due to increased volumes across all business units, the ramp-up of Containerised Freight (Other 
segment) and the additional contribution of Bulk Central during the period. This was partly offset by lower energy and fuel costs.
Depreciation increased $41m or 6% primarily due to capital expenditure in Bulk and Containerised Freight to support growth. EBIT increased by 
$155m or 20%, contributing to a 1.4ppt increase in ROIC. 
Reconciliation to Statutory Earnings
Underlying earnings is a non-statutory measure and is the primary reporting measure used by management and the Group’s chief operating 
decision-making bodies for managing and assessing the financial performance of the business. Underlying earnings is derived by adjusting statutory 
earnings for significant items as noted in the following table:
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
Underlying EBITDA — Continuing operations
1,624 
1,428
Depreciation and amortisation
(707)
(666)
Underlying EBIT
917 
762
Continuing operations significant items — acquisition costs
–
(49)
Statutory EBIT 
917 
713
Net finance costs
(333)
(230)
Statutory Profit before tax 
584 
483
Income tax expense
(178)
(159)
Statutory NPAT — Continuing operations
406
324
Continuing operations significant items, net of tax
–
43
Underlying NPAT — Continuing operations
406
367
Statutory NPAT — Discontinued operations
–
(48)
Discontinued operations significant items, net of tax
–
82
Underlying NPAT — Discontinued operations
–
34
Statutory NPAT — Continuing and discontinued operations
406
276
Underlying NPAT — Continuing and discontinued operations
406
401
Operating and Financial Review
11

Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
2.	 Other financial information
BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY
($M)
30 JUNE 2024
30 JUNE 2023
Current assets
991
1,193
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
10,153
9,945
Other non-current assets
452
541
Total assets
11,596
11,679
Total borrowings
4,897
5,142
Other current liabilities
772
744
Other non-current liabilities
1,489
1,440
Total liabilities
7,158
7,326
Net assets
4,438
4,353
Gearing (net debt / (net debt + equity))
52.2%
53.7%
Gearing (net debt / (net debt + accumulated fair value adjustments5 + equity))
52.8%
54.4%
Balance Sheet Movements
Current assets decreased by $202m largely due to:
	› a decrease in trade and other receivables following receipt of the $125m deferred consideration from the sale of One Rail Australia Holdings 
Limited (ORAH) in February 2024 and minimal Network Take-or-Pay accruals
	› a decrease in current tax receivable of $101m following the lodgement of the FY2023 Income Tax Return and receipt of the refund 
in February 2024 
	› a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $43m
	› partly offset by an increase in derivative financial instruments of $85m related to the reclassification of cross-currency interest rate swaps 
maturing September 2024 associated with the Network EMTN 1 bond to current assets and an increase in inventory of $13m related to 
components to support growth.
Property, plant and equipment increased by $208m due to capital purchases of $914m, offset by depreciation of $679m. Other non-current assets 
decreased by $89m, predominately related to a $77m reduction in derivative financial instruments due to the reclassification of cross-currency 
interest rate swaps to current assets.
Total borrowings decreased by $245m due to the net repayments, including transaction costs, of $270m including debt drawn as part of the One 
Rail Australia acquisition and the maturity of a Medium-Term Note. This was partly offset by new debt issuances including bank debt facilities, 
Medium-Term Notes and private placement EMTN. 
Other current liabilities increased by $28m due to an increase in trade and other payables of $54m, and an increase in provisions of $8m related to 
annual and long service leave. This was partly offset by a decrease in other liabilities of $34m including the amortisation of contract liabilities.
Other non-current liabilities increased by $49m largely related to a $48m increase in deferred tax liabilities due to accelerated fixed asset 
adjustments and minimal Network Take-or-Pay accruals. An increase in other non-current liabilities of $22m related to leases were offset by a 
favourable movement of $16m in derivative financial instruments and a $5m reduction in provisions.
Gearing (net debt / (net debt + equity)) was 52.2% as at 30 June 2024, an improvement of 1.5ppts due to the reduction in borrowings. 
5	 FY2024 accumulated fair value adjustment of $124m (FY2023: $140m).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
12

CASH FLOW SUMMARY
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
Statutory EBITDA (Continuing operations)
 1,624 
1,379
Working capital and other movements
 1 
(183)
Non-cash adjustments — asset impairments
 1 
13
Net cash inflow from Continuing operations
 1,626 
1,209
Interest received
 8 
3
Income taxes paid
(26)
(204)
Principal elements of lease receipts
 8 
7
Net cash inflow from operating activities from Continuing operations
 1,616 
1,015
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
 – 
48
Net operating cash flows
 1,616 
1,063
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for PP&E and intangibles, net of interest paid on qualifying assets
(825)
(762)
Payments for business acquisitions and investment in joint venture
–
(1,434)
Distributions from joint ventures and proceeds from sale of PP&E
6
7
Net cash outflow from investing activities from Continuing operations
(819)
(2,189)
Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations
125
(662)
Net investing cash flows
(694)
(2,851)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net (repayment) / proceeds from borrowings
(258)
1,850
Payment of transaction costs related to borrowings
(12)
(15)
Payment for share buy-back, share-based payments and transaction costs
(4)
(7)
Interest paid
(340)
(210)
Dividends paid to Company shareholders
(326)
(329)
Principal elements of lease payments
(26)
(20)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities from Continuing operations
(966)
1,269
Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations
–
439
Net financing cash flows
(966)
1,708
Net (decrease) / increase in cash from Continuing operations
(169)
95
Net increase / (decrease) in cash from Discontinued operations
125
(175)
Free Cash Flow (FCF)6 from Continuing operations
661
297
Cash Flow Movements 
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations increased by $601m or 59% to $1,616m largely due to:
	› an increase in EBITDA and a favourable working capital movement due to an increase in revenue and a reduction in trade and other receivables
	› a reduction in income taxes paid as FY2024 includes the refund of $112m for the FY2023 Income Tax Return, $12m for prior year assessments and 
the One Rail Australia pre-acquisition tax return, partly offset by instalments of $151m. 
Net cash outflow from investing activities from continuing operations decreased by $1,370m (63%) to $819m, due to the prior comparative 
period including the acquisition of One Rail Australia. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, the increase was $64m or 8% due to additional 
capital expenditure.
Cash flows from financing activities from continuing operations decreased by $2,235m (176%) to a net outflow of $966m due to the prior 
comparative period including a net inflow from the drawdown of debt for the acquisition of One Rail Australia, compared to a net repayment of 
debt in FY2024. Interest paid has also increased by $130m due to an increase in interest rates compared to the prior year. 
6	 Free Cash Flow (Continuing operations) defined as net cash flow from operating activities (less non-growth capex) and interest paid. It excludes growth capex (FY2024: 
$204m, FY2023: $203m), payments for acquisitions (FY2024: $nil, FY2023: $1,434m) and cash costs associated with acquisitions (FY2024: $nil, FY2023: $49m (pre-tax)).
Operating and Financial Review
13

Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
Funding 
The Group continues to be committed to 
diversifying its debt investor base, lengthening 
tenor and smoothing its debt maturity profile.
Aurizon Network funding activity 
during FY2024: 
	› $150m bilateral bank debt facility ($100m 
revolving component) established in 
October 2023 across $50m 5-year, $50m 
6-year and $50m 7-year tenors with 
maturities in FY2029, FY2030 and FY2031
	› $500m Syndicated Institutional Term 
Facility ($115m revolving component) 
established in December 2023 across 
$260m 5-year and $240m 6-year tenors 
with maturities in FY2029 and FY2030
	› $350m AMTN issued in March 2024 for a 
tenor of 7.5-years, maturing in September 
2031, with funds initially used to repay 
drawn bank debt, which have been 
subsequently re-drawn to support the 
repayment of the $425m June 2024 AMTN
	› $68m private placement EMTN issued in 
May 2024 for a tenor of 10-years
	› The number of lenders increased by 10 
during the year to a total of 22, with four 
additional Japanese banks, three Taiwanese 
banks and three Indian banks.
Aurizon Operations funding activity during  
FY2024:
	› $503m United States Private Placement 
Notes (USPP) settled in July 2023 across 
tenors of 7, 10, 11 and 12 years, with funds 
used to repay a bridge facility established as 
part of the One Rail Acquisition 
	› Re-financed bilateral bank debt facilities 
in June 2023, of which $50m became 
effective July 2023 
	› Subsequent reduction in total bilateral bank 
debt capacity due to $65m bilateral facility 
maturity and repayment in November 2023.
In respect of FY2024: 
	› Weighted average debt maturity tenor 
was 4.6 years as at 30 June 2024 
(FY2023: 3.6 years)
	› Group interest cost on drawn debt was 
6.2% (FY2023: 4.1%)
	› Available liquidity (undrawn facilities + 
cash) as at 30 June 2024 was $2,031m 
(FY2023: $1,244m)
	› Network net debt / EBITDA as 
at 30 June 2024 was 3.9 times 
(FY2023: 4.5 times)
	› Operations net debt / EBITDA as at 30 
June 2024 was 1.8 times (FY2023: 2.3 times)
	› Group gearing (net debt / (net debt + 
equity)) as at 30 June 2024 was 52.2% 
(FY2023: 53.7%)
	› Aurizon Network’s gearing (net debt / 
Regulatory Asset Base (excluding Access 
Facilitation Deeds)) as at 30 June 2024 was 
64.4% (FY2023: 63.8%) 
	› Aurizon Operations’ gearing (net debt / 
(net debt + equity)) as at 30 June 2024 was 
25.9% (FY2023: 29.8%)
	› Aurizon Operations’ and Aurizon 
Network’s credit ratings have each been 
maintained at BBB+/Baa1.
Dividend
The Board has declared a final dividend for 
FY2024 of 7.3cps (60% franked) based on a 
payout ratio of 80% in respect of underlying 
NPAT from continuing operations. 
The relevant final dividend dates are: 
	› 26 August 2024 — ex-dividend date
	› 27 August 2024 — record date
	› 25 September 2024 — payment date. 
Tax 
Statutory income tax expense from continuing 
operations for FY2024 was $178m. The 
Group statutory effective tax rate was 30.5%, 
which is more than 30% due to certain 
non-deductible expenses and movement in 
employee share plans. The Group cash tax 
rate for continuing operations was 21.7%, 
which is less than 30% primarily due to 
accelerated fixed asset related adjustments. 
The underlying effective tax rate7 for FY2025  
is expected to be in the range of 29–31% and 
the underlying cash tax rate8 is expected to be 
less than 25% for the medium term.
Aurizon publishes additional tax information 
in accordance with the voluntary Tax 
Transparency Code in its Sustainability Report. 
See the Sustainability section of the Aurizon 
website for further detail.
Discontinued Operations
The Group completed the sale of ORAH to 
Magnetic Rail Group Pty Ltd (Magnetic) on 
17 February 2023 for consideration of $438m 
including completion adjustments. The total 
consideration includes $313m cash proceeds 
received on completion of the sale and $125m 
cash proceeds received on 16 February 2024. 
On completion of the sale, Magnetic assumed 
ORAH’s existing borrowings of $474m.
7	 Underlying effective tax rate = income tax expense excluding the impact of significant items / underlying consolidated profit before tax.
8	 Underlying cash tax rate = cash tax payable excluding the impact of significant items / underlying consolidated profit before tax.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
14

BUSINESS UNIT REVIEW
COAL 
Aurizon’s Coal business transports coal from mines in the Newlands, Goonyella, Blackwater, Moura and West Moreton systems in Queensland  
(QLD) and the Hunter Valley and Illawarra coal systems in New South Wales (NSW), to domestic customers and coal export terminals.  
Coal hauled is split approximately evenly between metallurgical coal and thermal coal, with demand linked to Asian steel production and  
energy generation, respectively.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Revenue
Above Rail
1,266 
 1,175 
8%
Track Access
460 
 350 
31%
Other
17 
 6 
183%
Total revenue
1,743 
 1,531 
14%
Track Access costs
(474)
(400)
(19%)
Operating costs
(741)
(676)
(10%)
EBITDA
528 
 455 
16%
Depreciation and amortisation 
(213)
(204)
(4%)
EBIT
 315 
 251 
25%
METRICS
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Total tonnes hauled (m)
 189.0 
 185.0 
2%
CQCN
 132.5 
 133.6 
(1%)
NSW & SEQ
 56.5 
 51.4 
10%
Contract utilisation
83%
80%
3ppt
Total NTK (b)
 43.4 
 42.2 
3%
CQCN
 33.1 
 33.0 
–
NSW & SEQ
 10.3 
 9.2 
12%
Average haul length (km)
 230 
 228 
1%
Total revenue / NTK ($/'000 NTK)
 40.2 
 36.3 
11%
Above Rail Revenue / NTK ($/'000 NTK) 
 29.2 
 27.8 
5%
Operating Ratio
81.9%
83.6%
(1.7ppt)
Opex / NTK ($/'000 NTK)
32.9
30.3
(9%)
Opex / NTK (excluding access costs) ($/'000 NTK)
22.0
20.9
(5%)
Locomotive productivity (‘000 NTK / Active locomotive day) 
373.7
373.2
–
Active locomotives (as at 30 June) 
323
311
4%
Wagon productivity (‘000 NTK / Active wagon day)
14.2
14.2
–
Active wagons (as at 30 June) 
8,618
8,201
5%
Payload (tonnes) 
7,494
7,859
(5%)
Coal Performance Overview
Coal EBITDA increased by $73m or 16% to $528m driven by higher yield and higher volumes.
Volumes increased 4.0mt or 2% to 189.0mt primarily driven by NSW and South-East Queensland (SEQ) partly offset by volume reductions in the 
Central Queensland Coal Network (CQCN). 
	› Across the CQCN, volumes decreased by 1.1mt (1%) to 132.5mt with an uplift in Blackwater and Moura offset by declines in both 
Goonyella and Newlands. 
	› In NSW and SEQ, volumes increased by 5.1mt or 10% to 56.5mt due to commencement of new contracts for SIMEC mining, a recovery of Hunter 
Valley volumes from wet weather events in FY2023 and growth in SEQ volumes in addition to increased customer production.
Operating and Financial Review
15

Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
Total Coal revenue increased by $212m or 14% to $1,743m largely due to the increase in volumes, increase in track access revenue (largely pass 
through in higher access costs) and higher revenue yield. Revenue yield improved due to CPI and customer mix partly offset by lower fuel revenue 
from lower prices. 
Total operating costs increased by $139m (13%) to $1,215m largely due to higher access and traincrew costs partly offset by lower fuel costs.  
The major drivers of these movements are:
	› track access costs increased by $74m (19%) due to higher CQCN access tariffs
	› other operating costs increased $65m (10%) to $741m due to higher traincrew and maintenance costs associated with volume growth along with 
the escalation of labour and materials partly offset by lower fuel costs due to lower prices.
Depreciation increased by $9m (4%), resulting in an underlying EBIT of $315m, a 25% increase compared to the prior year. 
Operationally, key productivity metrics were generally higher against the prior year due to increased volumes. Active locomotives increased with the 
volume growth in SEQ and Illawarra. 
Contract update (impacting FY2025)
	› 10-year contract renewal for Ensham (Sungela) effective July 2024
	› 10-year contract renewal for Yarrabee (Yancoal) effective July 2024
	› Ceased haulage for New Wilkie (New Wilkie Energy) following on from entering voluntary administration.
TrainGuard 
TrainGuard is a platform utilising European Train Control System (ETCS) technology to support driver decision-making, particularly in relation to 
speed control and signal enforcement. TrainGuard supports safer and more efficient train operations with reduced rail process safety issues and 
improved train handling. TrainGuard technology is the pathway to expanding our driver-only operations in Central Queensland. The technology 
is deployed on all Alternating Current electric trainsets (and associated track infrastructure) in Blackwater (Callemondah to Bluff) with the first 
driver-only operational service having commenced in the first quarter of FY2024, and full ramp-up of driver-only operations completed by the end 
of the first quarter. The deployment in the Goonyella System (Mainline) is now operational with the first services in the fourth quarter of FY2024 and 
driver-only operation ramp-up to commence in the first quarter of FY2025. The final Goonyella and Blackwater Branch line deployment phase is 
progressing to plan with the first operational service deployed with TrainGuard technology expected to commence in the fourth quarter of FY2025.
BULK
Aurizon’s Bulk business provides integrated supply chain services, including rail and road transportation, port services and material handling for a 
range of mining, metal, industrial and agricultural customers throughout Australia. Aurizon’s Bulk business also manages the Tarcoola-to-Darwin rail 
infrastructure, the intrastate rail freight network in South Australia and containerised freight services between Adelaide and Darwin.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Revenue
Freight Transport
1,060 
1,035 
2%
Other
36 
28 
29%
Total revenue and other income
1,096 
1,063 
3%
Operating costs
(867)
(849)
(2%)
EBITDA
229 
214 
7%
Depreciation and amortisation
(128)
(108)
(19%)
EBIT
101 
106 
(5%)
Total tonnes hauled (m)
66.6 
68.2 
(2%)
Operating Ratio
90.8%
90.0%
0.8ppt
Bulk Performance Overview
Bulk EBITDA increased by $15m or 7% to $229m driven by minerals and iron ore volumes, offset by lower grain volumes, rail network impacts from 
weather and cessation of a rail maintenance contract in the Pilbara (February 2024).
Revenue increased $33m or 3% to $1,096m, driven by: 
	› an additional month of Bulk Central trading (acquired 29 July 2022) 
	› volume growth across minerals in QLD and iron ore in Western Australia (WA) and Central
	› insurance recoveries from significant derailment events that occurred in FY2023.
This was partly offset by some customer specific production issues in QLD and lower grain volumes (in NSW, QLD and WA), significant weather 
events in 2HFY2024 and cessation of a rail maintenance contract in the Pilbara.
Operating costs increased $18m (2%) with:
	› an additional month of Bulk Central trading (acquired 29 July 2022) 
	› costs incurred to support contract growth. 
This was partly offset by the ongoing benefits from the Bulk Transformation program.
Depreciation increased $20m (19%) due to increased capital expenditure supporting growth and an additional month of Bulk Central trading.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
16

Contract update (impacting FY2025)
	› Minara — 10-year logistics contract (including transport, handling and terminal activities) effective July 2024 in WA
	› Gold Valley — 10-year contract for rail haulage of iron ore (1.3mtpa) in WA, commencing in September 2024
	› Aeris Resources — 3.5-year contract for the rail haulage of cement in NSW
	› South 32 — 15-year contract extension (and rollingstock maintenance) for Worsley Alumina in WA 
	› Contract extensions: MMG (zinc and lead, QLD), Centrex (phosphate rock, QLD)
	› Mineral Resources: Yilgarn Hub to transition to care and maintenance, with shipments ceasing by the end of 2024.	
NETWORK
Network refers to the business of Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (Network) which operates the 2,670km CQCN. The open access network is the 
largest coal rail network in Australia, connecting multiple customers from more than 40 mines to five export terminals located at three ports. 
The CQCN includes four major coal systems (Moura, Blackwater, Goonyella and Newlands) and a connecting link, the Goonyella to Abbot Point 
Expansion (GAPE).
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Revenue
Track Access
1,340 
1,255
7%
Services and other
95 
82
16%
Total revenue
1,435 
1,337 
7%
Energy and fuel
(160)
(215)
26%
Operating costs 
(345)
(309)
(12%)
EBITDA
930 
813
14%
Depreciation and amortisation 
(353)
(351) 
(1%)
EBIT
577 
462 
25%
METRICS
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Tonnes (m)
209.6
207.6
1%
NTK (b)
51.0
50.4
1%
Operating Ratio
59.8%
65.4%
5.6ppt
Maintenance / NTK ($/'000 NTK) 
3.0
2.8
(7%)
Opex / NTK ($/'000 NTK)
16.8
17.4
3%
Cycle Velocity (km/hr)
21.9
21.5
2%
Usable Capacity9
80.3%
83.4%
(3.1ppt)
Average haul length (km)
244
243
–
Network Performance Overview
Network EBITDA increased $117m or 14% to $930m in FY2024, with increased revenue of $98m (7%) and decreased operating and energy and fuel 
costs of $19m (4%).
Regulatory access revenue has been accounted for based on actual railed tonnes using tariffs approved by the Queensland Competition Authority 
(QCA) on 26 May 2023 and the subsequent Electric Energy Charge approved on 21 June 2023, the QCA Levy variation approved on 24 August 
2023 and the GAPE and Newlands Pricing DAAU approved on 22 February 2024.
Total access revenue increased by $85m (7%) with the main drivers being:
	› Allowable Revenue increased by $101m, driven by the preliminary reset WACC of 8.18% in FY2024 compared to 6.30% in FY2023
	› increased volumes above the regulatory forecast resulted in an over-recovery of $19m (inclusive of a transfer fee of $4m) in FY2024 compared to 
an under-recovery of $21m (inclusive of $76m of Take-or-Pay) in FY2023
	› net favourable Revenue Cap (excluding GAPE) movements of $30m received in FY2024 relating to FY2021 and FY2022
	› WIRP Fees were $19m lower due to a termination fee received in FY2023
	› Electric Energy Charge (EC) was $62m lower in FY2024 due to the EC tariff reducing from $2.82 to $1.66 per EGTK’000.
Services and other revenue were $13m (16%) higher in FY2024 primarily due to higher external construction revenue.
9	 Usable Capacity measures all the possible rail traffic pathways (including branch line and unload site capacity) available at a point in time on the network with 
consideration of all known supply chain and infrastructure constraints (such as maintenance schedules).
Operating and Financial Review
17

Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
Total operating costs decreased by $19m (4%) 
with the main drivers being:
	› energy charges decreased $55m (offset in 
Access Revenue) due to lower wholesale 
energy prices, partially offset by higher 
connection costs
	› other operating costs increased $36m 
primarily due to higher maintenance costs 
($17m) and higher operating costs as a 
result of inflationary pressures and higher 
external construction costs associated with 
higher revenue. 
Depreciation was in line with the prior year.
Network’s 2023–2024 Regulatory Asset Base 
(RAB) roll-forward is estimated to be $6.1bn10 
(including Access Facilitation Deeds (AFDs) 
of $0.3bn) as at 1 July 2024. 
Regulation Update
Network continues to implement the 
2017 Access Undertaking (UT5) which was 
approved by the QCA on 19 December 
2019 and ceases on 30 June 2027. The status 
of key aspects of UT5 are summarised below.
Capacity Assessments
	› The QCA published the Independent 
Expert’s (IE) Initial Capacity Assessment 
Report (ICAR) on 1 November 2021 which 
identified Existing Capacity Deficits (ECD) 
within each Coal System.
	› On 16 November 2022, the QCA made 
an initial determination on Transitional 
Arrangements proposed by Network to 
be implemented, the most notable being 
the installation of remote-control signalling 
in the Newlands System which the IE 
subsequently assessed as being prudent 
and efficient and was commissioned in 
early July 2024.
	› The QCA published the IE’s Annual Capacity 
Assessment Report 2024 (ACAR) on 
16 July  2024. The ACAR identified some 
differences between it and the findings in 
the ICAR in relation to the average annual 
deliverable network capacity of each coal 
system for the period FY2022–FY2024, 
when measured as a percentage of the 
current contracted capacity for each coal 
system, which are as follows:
	• Goonyella System: ~ 102%
	• Blackwater System: ~108% 
	• GAPE System: ~79%
	• Moura System: ~104%
	• Newlands System: ~88%.
	› Following its 21 April 2023 determination 
on the implementation of Transitional 
Arrangements, on 21 September 2023 the 
QCA published its decision on the remaining 
Transitional Arrangements to address 
ECDs identified in the ICAR. The QCA 
decided that the remaining Transitional 
Arrangements would benefit from further 
expansion studies to assess both the costs 
and potential benefits associated with the 
projects prior to deciding which Transitional 
Arrangements should be implemented.
	› On 12 June 2024, Network shared 
the Newlands and GAPE Transitional 
Arrangement Concept Study findings and 
recommends a signalling investment of 
approximately $2m to reduce the ECD.  
The recommendation is subject to 
customer approval, following which a 
recommendation will be made to the IE 
to approve the efficiency and prudency 
of the investment, as is forecast for 
delivery in 2026. 
UT5 Reset Values
	› UT5 provided for certain components 
of allowable revenue and WACC 
(predominately risk-free rate, debt risk 
premium, inflation and the tax allowance) 
(together the Reset Values) to be reset on 
1 July 2023 to take account of prevailing 
market conditions at that time. The reset 
process involved the establishment of:
	• Preliminary Reset Values in FY2023 which 
formed the basis of tariffs that applied in 
FY2024 and were approved by the QCA 
on 25 May 2023; and 
	• Final Reset Values which were approved 
by the QCA on 19 October 2023. 
	› Allowable Revenues and Reference Tariffs 
for FY2024 were based on the QCA’s 
approved preliminary WACC of 8.18%. 
	› On 19 October 2023, the QCA approved 
Network’s Final Reset Values with a 
final reset WACC of 8.51% based on a 
risk-free rate of 3.87% and a debt risk 
premium of 2.48%. 
	› While the Final Reset Values took effect 
from 1 July 2023, FY2024 Allowable 
Revenues and Tariffs were not amended 
during the year to reflect the QCA’s decision 
on the Final Reset Values. The difference 
between the Preliminary and Final Reset 
Allowable Revenues for FY2024 (1 July 2023 
to 30 June 2024) will be reconciled through 
the usual Revenue Adjustment Amounts 
(Revenue Cap) process in two years’ time 
and will be incorporated into FY2026 
Reference Tariffs.
Infrastructure Rebates and GAPE Remote 
Control Signalling DAAU
	› On 14 June 2024, Network submitted a 
DAAU which seeks to modify the FY2025 
reference tariffs to:
	• cease the deferral of the Goonyella to 
Newlands connection Remote Control 
Signalling (RCS) investment following the 
forecast completion of the Newlands RCS 
installation in July 2024 (value as at 1 July 
2024 is $24m); and
	• reduce the relevant System Allowable 
Revenue by applying discounts to 
Reference Tariffs for certain Access 
Holders in place of Infrastructure 
rebate payments associated with AFDs. 
This change is at the request of relevant 
access holders and results in no revenue 
impact to Network. 
	› The QCA published DAAU is currently 
subject to stakeholder consultation, 
following which a decision will be 
made by the QCA.
Operational Update
During FY2024: 
	› CQCN volumes increased by 1% to 209.6mt. 
Volumes in 2HFY2024 were impacted 
by planned and unplanned supply chain 
maintenance, increased supply chain 
cancellations and a serious traffic incident at 
Raglan in the Blackwater System
	› access and competition for skilled labour 
and rising sub-contractor costs impacted 
maintenance and asset renewal expenditure
	› Fair Work Australia approved the Aurizon 
Infrastructure Enterprise Agreement (QLD) 
which had been voted in favour of by 
employees in FY2023
	› Usable Capacity10 decreased from 83.4% to 
80.3% driven by Coal terminal outages and 
increased access requirements for Network 
maintenance and renewal activities
	› cancellations due to the Network rail 
infrastructure increased from 2.3% to 2.9% 
	› cycle velocity increased from 
21.5km/h to 21.9km/h.
10 Includes deferred capital.
11	 Usable Capacity measures all the possible rail traffic pathways (including branch line and unload site capacity) available at a point in time on the network with 
consideration of all known supply chain and infrastructure constraints (such as maintenance schedules).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
18

LEGEND
RISK IMPACT ICONS
Health & Safety 
Strategy & Execution
Stakeholder & Reputation
Operational
Financial
Environment & Climate
RISK INFLUENCE METER
The risk influence meter is provided 
to acknowledge that there are internal 
and external contributions to all of the 
risks that the business is exposed to. 
The meter is subjective and reflects 
only one way to consider further the 
risks presented. 
A risk influence rating here means that 
Aurizon can significantly influence this 
risk; for instance, it is largely driven by 
internal factors or is readily managed.
A risk influence rating here means 
that Aurizon has limited ability to 
influence this risk; for instance, it is 
largely driven by external factors or 
is complex to manage.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Risk
Aurizon has a commitment to effective risk 
management as a key element of business 
success to sustain shareholder value, 
recognising that risk is characterised by both 
threat and opportunity. Aurizon fosters a 
risk-aware culture through a combination of 
leadership focus, training and the application 
of high-quality, integrated risk assessments to 
support informed decision-making and enable 
effective risk management. 
The Board is ultimately responsible for risk 
management, considering a wide range of 
risks within strategic planning, approving 
Aurizon’s Enterprise Risk Management 
Framework and Appetite, and monitoring 
management’s performance against the 
framework, including whether it operates 
within the Board’s risk appetite (see  
Principal 7 on Page 49 of this report).
Aurizon’s Enterprise Risk Management 
Framework and Appetite, and supporting 
Risk Assessment Procedure, are aligned 
to the international standard for risk 
management (AS/NZS ISO 31000:2018).
Risk management procedures and templates 
deployed throughout the business further 
integrate the assessment of safety and 
non-safety risks, and support a consistent 
approach to comprehensive, proportionate 
and effective risk management.
The Enterprise Risk and Assurance functions 
are responsible for providing oversight of the 
risk management framework, enterprise risk 
reporting to facilitate the early identification 
and proactive management of risk, as well 
as assurance on the effectiveness of the 
management of significant risks, to the 
Executive Committee and the Board. 
Aurizon’s Enterprise Risk Profile is actively 
managed and regularly reported to the Board. 
It includes those material inherent risks related 
to the enduring nature of Aurizon’s business, 
those that present an exposure linked to the 
changing operating landscape or point-in-
time external factors, and those risk exposures 
we encounter driven by our strategy and 
aspirations to grow.
These risks have been grouped around three 
themes of operational, market and strategic 
risk. The commentary has been provided to 
describe and summarise each key risk, the 
nature of the potential impacts to Aurizon, 
our view on our ability to influence the 
risk and consequences being realised, and 
a description of management’s response 
to that risk. This is not intended to be a 
comprehensive list of all risks that the 
business is or could be exposed to.
It represents Aurizon’s own assessment of 
these risks at a point in time and, given the 
complexities and nature of these risks, this 
information is subjective and may be subject 
to change. Investors need to form their own 
assessment and conclusions.
($M)
FY2024
FY2023
VARIANCE
Total revenue and other income
76 
19 
300%
Operating costs
(139)
(73)
(90%)
EBITDA
(63)
(54)
(17%)
Depreciation and amortisation 
(13)
(3)
(333%)
EBIT
(76)
(57)
(33%)
OTHER
Other includes other Containerised Freight, 
which is not considered a separate reportable 
segment, as well as other revenue and 
central costs not allocated such as the 
Board, Managing Director & CEO, Company 
Secretary, strategy and investor relations.
Other performance overview
EBITDA decreased by $9m (17%), primarily 
driven by the ramp-up to full schedule 
operations for Containerised Freight.
Operating and Financial Review
19

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
OPERATIONAL RISK
Major Hazard,  
Serious Injury  
or Fatality
Given the nature and scale of Aurizon’s operations, there 
are hazards in the business that, if not managed, have the 
potential to cause a serious injury or fatality. Aurizon’s 
safety risk exposure is impacted by the diversity and 
scale of its operations — from train operations, on-track 
works, port operations, and heavy vehicle haulage. 
Incidents could include:
	› Level Crossing collisions — can result in 
death or significant injury to our people 
or members of the public.
	› Exposure to moving rollingstock — can result 
in death or significant injury to our people.
	› Road Vehicle Incident — death or injuries to 
our people from operating road vehicles.
	› Trespass — safety risks to employees and individuals 
due to persons illegally entering the rail corridor 
intentionally (theft or protest) or otherwise.
The potential realisation of these risks could have 
direct safety, operational disruption, and reputational 
consequences including licence to operate.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon’s commitment is keeping people 
safe and healthy. Our safety value ‘We 
know safe, we choose safe’ promotes 
leadership and personal accountability 
for safety.
Aurizon’s leadership team and Board 
regularly review safety performance, 
improvement strategies and activities 
across the business, aligned to a defined 
enterprise safety strategy.
Refer to Page 26 for further information 
on safety.
Cyber Security 
and Technology 
Reliance
The rapidly evolving cyber threat landscape continues 
to challenge industry. Malicious attacks resulting in 
business interruptions, nationally and internationally, 
are increasing. Aurizon relies on technology and is 
exposed to cyber-related risks which can arise through a 
multitude of vectors including malicious external hackers, 
insider threats, unintentional human error, obsolete or 
unsupported systems or through links to third parties.
A cyber breach or other technology-related disruption 
could impact Aurizon’s operations and impair its ability 
to provide services. Such an event could potentially 
result in financial losses, reputational damage, 
consequential safety, legal or regulatory action or 
other adverse consequences.
Aurizon is reliant on fit-for-purpose technology to 
deliver services, maintain assets and transact business. 
Technology is rapidly evolving and if Aurizon does not 
effectively leverage advances in technology, it may 
become less efficient relative to competitors.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon has implemented cyber security 
controls to prevent, detect and respond 
to potential cyber security incidents 
including business continuity plans and 
response plans. 
Aurizon participates in external cross-
industry collaboration forums and briefings 
where threat intelligence is shared, and 
specialist third-party advisers are used 
for monitoring and response capabilities. 
Aurizon continues to implement a 
multi-year cyber security transformation 
program to continue to enhance and uplift 
its ability to protect from, and respond 
to, cyber security incidents or other 
technology-related disruptions. 
Technology roadmaps are refreshed 
annually and technology upgrades 
progress through Aurizon’s capital 
approval process including benefit 
identification.
Severe Weather
Aurizon owns and maintains rail track infrastructure in 
addition to other assets (rail and non-rail), maintenance 
facilities, depots and worksites across Australia. 
Maintaining a large physical footprint exposes Aurizon 
to risks caused by the increasing severity and prolonged 
nature of extreme weather events, such as flooding, 
bushfires, heatwaves and cyclones. These extreme 
weather events also impact our customers’ ability to 
produce. Damage caused by destructive weather events 
could cause safety, health and environmental risks and 
operational disruption, increasing operational costs or 
driving financial losses, in addition to a reduction in 
demand for our services.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
For Aurizon owned networks, management 
is responsible for infrastructure asset 
management, including condition 
monitoring and maintenance and renewal 
programs, to identify, prepare and 
remediate locations at greater risk of 
severe weather events. Aurizon invests in 
operational assets and maintains inventories 
to reduce the impact of weather events.
Assessments of operational resilience 
are undertaken and consideration is 
made of resilience in engineering design. 
In addition, climate resilience and risk 
assessments are being progressively 
undertaken and updated on key assets.
Seasonal planning, forecast and weather 
monitoring provide early warning of 
potential severe weather and planning 
time for safe provision of service.
Incident management and business 
continuity planning, protocols and expertise 
are essential to manage a safe and effective 
response to severe weather events 
alongside periodic testing of readiness.
Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
20

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
Supply Chain 
Reliability
Building resilient supply chains and effective inventory 
management is critical to optimise levels of supply and 
minimise costs, and ensure Aurizon’s operational assets 
are appropriately maintained to enable uninterrupted 
service delivery.
Ongoing global events continue to have increased supply 
chain complexity and challenged reliability, including 
evolving international trade relations tensions, cyber 
security risks, labour shortages, constraints on the 
availability of raw materials and risk of engaging with 
suppliers who are either directly or indirectly implicated 
in modern-day slavery.
These risks may increase supply chain costs, lead times 
and delays in obtaining goods and services, which could 
result in operational disruption.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon is addressing these challenges 
by working closely with key suppliers, 
assessing and managing supply chain 
resilience and taking action to diversify 
supplier bases, including the creation of 
dual supply where possible.
Our key focus remains on demand 
forecasting, refreshing inventory 
management approaches and 
strengthening inventory levels, and 
monitoring of emerging supply chain risks.
In December 2023, Aurizon published its 
fourth Modern Slavery Statement, which 
addresses the Company’s obligations 
contained in the Modern Slavery Act 
2018 (Cth).
People and 
Capability
Aurizon’s workforce comprises individuals with a wide 
array of specialist skills, technical knowledge and subject 
matter expertise. An inability to plan, attract and retain 
talent with the right skill sets necessary to drive the 
business forward could have material negative impacts 
on Aurizon’s market value proposition and ability 
to compete.
This could result in adverse financial impacts, reputational 
damage, suboptimal service delivery, employee 
disengagement, impairment of our strategic growth and 
other adverse impacts.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Talent attraction and retention strategies 
have been implemented, including 
a multi-media brand campaign, 
Aurizon’s Employee Value Proposition, 
career progression pathways, 
remuneration and other incentives, 
and investment in learning and internal 
development opportunities.
People and capability planning also 
forms part of organisational and business 
strategy development, such as the 
identification of critical roles to inform 
recruitment strategies.
Greenhouse  
Gas Emissions, 
Metrics and 
Targets
Aurizon is an emitter of greenhouse gases (GHG) 
through consumption of fossil fuels used in delivering 
services to customers and in the creation, purchase 
and utilisation of our assets. Under the Safeguard 
Mechanism reforms which commenced on 1 July 2023, 
Aurizon is required to maintain its Scope 1 emissions 
below an annually declining regulated baseline. Failure 
to do so exposes Aurizon to direct carbon costs and/or 
regulatory action. Due to current technology constraints, 
Aurizon will be required to purchase and retire Australian 
Carbon Credit Units (ACCUs) to meet its Safeguard 
compliance obligation. 
Australian and international governments will continue 
to evolve expectations on emissions management and 
reporting, which could impact Aurizon.
Aurizon has set targets for the reduction of emissions, 
while also focusing on operational growth. With a large, 
complex and multi-year decarbonisation program, there 
are risks relating to:
	› the ability to reduce those emissions as committed to 
the market, particularly as operations expand
	› the availability of technology at scale to meet 
those ambitions
	› the availability, efficiency and affordability of renewable 
energy and/or drop in fuels to power the transition
	› reliance on third parties, including the implementation 
of government policy, to facilitate the transition
	› costs such as decarbonisation technologies, energy 
sources or ACCUs
	› the targets, or actions taken in progressing towards 
those targets, not being considered sufficient to 
key stakeholders
	› the ability to attract and retain talent to support 
transition to net zero and decarbonisation program.
These risks could result in increasing operational costs, 
damage to social licence, shareholder action or litigation 
or other reputational impacts.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon is taking action to:
	› design, invest and support the delivery 
of fleet decarbonisation projects and 
carbon abatement initiatives
	› incorporate the assessment of the 
impact on GHG emissions as part of 
investment decision-making
	› explore and engage opportunities via 
partnership agreements
	› upskill existing staff and future 
candidates with appropriate skills
	› continue engagement with government 
and regulators regarding policy and 
advocacy to promote fair and equitable 
treatment of rail as a low carbon form 
of land-based freight transportation, 
and to stimulate the domestic biodiesel 
production industry
	› implement and progressively update its 
ACCU purchasing strategy.
Aurizon provides accurate and timely 
reporting of emissions and provides 
information about the programs in hand 
to reduce those emissions.
For more information on our approach to 
climate change, including risks relating to 
decarbonising and reporting, also refer to 
our annual Sustainability Report.
Operating and Financial Review
21

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
Volume 
Throughput
Aurizon has a key role in national and international supply 
chains, providing logistics solutions for customers across 
the country. Aurizon also manages and operates major 
rail infrastructure assets in Queensland, South Australia, 
and the Northern Territory, and relies on other network 
providers to enable operations in other locations.
Ensuring efficient transportation of materials is critical 
for Aurizon and our customers to maximise volume and 
value.
A deterioration in volumes transported could be driven 
by below rail asset condition, complexity in alignment 
and planning between key stakeholder interests, 
inadequate funding, operational performance, or impacts 
stemming from disruption, including weather related 
events. 
This risk could impact railed volumes, revenue, costs, 
customer sentiment and reputation.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
For Aurizon owned networks, 
management is responsible for the 
development and delivery of network 
infrastructure asset management 
programs, including condition monitoring 
and maintenance and renewal 
programs, alongside structured funding 
arrangements with independent oversight. 
Management engages with operators and 
customers through customer forums, with 
oversight by regulatory bodies.
For all networks which Aurizon operates 
on, management employs the following 
tools to drive:
	› engagement and structured 
access arrangements with Rail 
Infrastructure Managers
	› Government lobbying and advocacy 
through Freight on Rail Group (FORG)
	› Performance monitoring and 
management initiatives
	› Programs to enhance operational 
planning and ability to respond flexibly
	› Business continuity and asset 
resilience programs.
Regulation and 
Compliance
Aurizon’s operations and financial performance 
are subject to legislative and regulatory oversight. 
Unfavourable regulatory changes may occur with 
respect to access regimes, rail accreditations, 
taxation, carbon reduction, environmental and 
industrial (including occupational health and safety) 
regulation and government policy and approval 
processes. Implementation of these changes may 
have a material adverse impact on project investment, 
Aurizon’s profitability and business in general, as well 
as Aurizon’s customers.
Aurizon is also exposed to the risk of material regulatory 
breaches resulting in the loss of operating licences (e.g. 
rail accreditations), additional regulatory oversight and 
financial penalties. In the event of a loss of licence, critical 
business operations may not be supplied to customers, 
impacting profitability and reputation.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon is an active participant in 
consultation on future legislation, and 
provides participation and leadership 
within industry advocacy groups to bring 
influence on regulatory change as needed.
In relevant jurisdictions where Aurizon is 
the Access Provider, prior to submissions 
being made to the relevant regulator, 
engagement with industry groups is 
sought to reduce the risk of adverse 
regulatory outcomes.
To enable our people to support the 
business compliance with legislative 
requirements, employee training and 
education is provided, systems of work 
are designed to enable compliance with 
our obligations along with the Employee 
Code of Conduct, and internal quality 
assurance, checks and controls.
MARKET RISK
Competition
Aurizon may face competition from parties willing to 
compete at reduced margins, with lower returns or 
greater risk positions than Aurizon would accept.
Market factors and changes in customer expectations 
may compel Aurizon to take on more risk or reduce rates 
to retain customers or win new work.
Increased competition may come from new entrants 
or existing competitors and could include customers  
in-sourcing services, impacting Aurizon’s competitiveness  
and posing a risk to future financial performance.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
To reduce exposure to competition risk, 
management is focused on the delivery 
of high-quality service to support  
re-contracting of existing key customers 
on long-dated terms wherever possible.
In addition, strategic targeting of 
suitable growth and new work winning 
opportunities is in place across all 
business units supported by a central 
strategy team.
Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
22

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
Counterparty
Macroeconomic drivers may degrade overall 
counterparty quality and creditworthiness. A move from 
some to divest coal assets and new customer profiles are 
changing Aurizon’s counterparty exposures.
Deterioration of counterparty quality could stem 
from volatile commodity demand, production rates 
and commodity price, which increase the risk of a 
counterparty default, challenges of operator solvency, 
stranded asset risk or financial losses.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
The Aurizon Market Intelligence, Strategy 
and Business Unit teams work together to 
assess long-term demand planning and 
mine viability or customer commodity 
analysis, and support the strategic 
targeting of suitable growth opportunities.
Counterparty credit quality is assessed 
and monitored by Treasury and Business 
Unit leadership teams, with appropriate 
steps taken to implement additional 
controls as needed.
Evolving 
Commodity 
Demand
Aurizon is linked to the demand for and supply of 
Australian commodities, and notably to metallurgical and 
thermal coal, and those commodities are almost entirely 
destined for export markets in Asia.
A quicker transition away from global seaborne coal 
demand could impact Aurizon’s coal customer volumes, 
exacerbate key market dependencies and commodity 
mix, and negatively impact customer pricing. A failure 
to recognise this transition could also lead to suboptimal 
investment decisions and missed opportunities for  
non-coal customers. 
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
The Bulk Growth and Containerised 
Freight Strategies have been developed 
to set out a proactive approach to 
the evolution of commodity supply 
and demand, targeting diversification 
of revenue streams, including fleet 
cascade opportunities from the Coal 
fleet to support Bulk and Containerised 
Freight growth.
The Strategy in Uncertainty Framework 
enables the monitoring of key market 
indicators and, alongside Free Cash 
Flow modelling, supports informed 
decision-making relating to growth 
pipeline and opportunity management, 
capital investment and other core 
business decisions.
For more information on our approach to 
climate change, including risks relating to 
supply and demand of commodities, refer 
to the annual Sustainability Report.
Sustainability and 
Funding
Investor and shareholder expectations will continue to 
focus increasingly on Sustainability, and in particular on 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) related 
issues and associated enterprise performance.
As the transition to a lower carbon global economy 
continues to gain momentum, the availability and cost of 
debt or insurance may become more challenging for the 
mining and logistics sectors. 
Where these risks are unmitigated, they could impact the 
financial viability of our customers, restrict future mining 
investments, lead to increasing costs of finance and 
insurance, reduction in credit rating or, where investor 
expectations are unmet, damage to reputation and social 
licence to operate.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
In addition to the activities noted above, 
diversification of funding sources and 
early renegotiation of maturing debt helps 
to ensure capacity of funding and reduce 
impacts of increasing costs of funding. 
For the details of the maturity profile of 
existing financing arrangements, please 
refer to Note 18 of the Financial Report.
Ongoing engagement with insurers and 
brokers allows closer understanding of 
market developments to allow policy 
design and renewal programs to be 
designed accordingly.
For more information on our approach 
to climate change, including risks relating 
to financing and insurance, refer to our 
Climate Strategy and Action Plan and our 
annual Sustainability Report.
Geopolitics
Aurizon’s customer base is exposed to fluctuating 
overseas demand for Australian bulk commodities, 
predominantly in key export markets in Asia. Ongoing 
civil unrest, global instability and potential for conflict 
could have the ability to impact trade, particularly 
Australian coal, other bulk commodity exports and 
freight trade.
Instability in trade relations could impact demand, 
resulting in changes to end customer profitability or 
viability, or disrupt global supply chains, which in turn 
affect Aurizon’s financial performance.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Bulk Growth and Containerised Freight 
strategies have been developed to target 
attractive and diversified revenue streams. 
Our Strategy in Uncertainty Framework 
enables the monitoring of key market 
indicators, including geopolitical risk 
factors, which then supports informed 
decision-making relating to growth 
pipeline and opportunity management, 
capital investment and other core 
business decisions.
Active situation monitoring of political and 
international trade performance allows 
for the identification of impacts and 
appropriate planning.
Operating and Financial Review
23

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
Macroeconomic
Aurizon is exposed to changes in the macroeconomic 
environment. This includes economic growth driving or 
restricting demand for commodities hauled, as well as 
exposure to increasing costs in the delivery of services, 
in servicing debt obligations and through an exposure to 
the financial viability of key customers and suppliers.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon sources funding from both bank 
and debt capital markets (AMTN, EMTN, 
USPP) providing access to a diversified 
investor base. The ability to raise capital 
in a variety of markets allows Aurizon 
flexibility in its approach to refinancing 
activities and future capital raisings. 
Hedging strategies are employed to 
manage some financial exposures, 
including interest rate and foreign 
exchange risk. Aurizon employs a duration 
based hedging strategy which is annually 
refreshed and presented to the Board. 
Escalation clauses in haulage contracts 
provide some protection against 
increasing costs through inflation 
recovery, and counterparty credit 
monitoring and supply chain resilience 
reviews consider financial viability to 
manage credit risk.
Please refer to Note 18 of the Financial 
Report which sets out Aurizon’s approach 
to Financial Risk Management.
STRATEGIC RISK
Delivering Bulk 
Growth
Aurizon aspires to materially increase earnings from 
the Bulk business unit and therefore faces the risk of 
failing to achieve this growth. This could occur due to 
an inability to retain and extend existing contracts and 
identify and execute suitable growth opportunities, 
or a lack of available resources and funding or other 
associated factors.
Materialisation of these risks could result in financial 
losses, stranded assets, negative investor sentiment, 
reputational damage and failure to achieve 
strategic objectives.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
A clear strategy has been developed to 
achieve this aspiration by diversifying our 
Bulk portfolio and expanding our supply 
chain services. To support the delivery 
of our Bulk Growth strategy, allocation 
has been made of appropriate resources, 
funding and expertise, along with the 
identification and targeting of multiple 
success pathways for organic and inorganic 
growth, to support delivery of this strategic 
objective.
Expansion of 
Containerised 
Freight
Aurizon is establishing a nationally significant 
containerised freight supply chain, leveraging existing 
national footprint and expertise. As this service offering 
expands, Aurizon will be exposed to increased volume 
risk and is reliant on being able to deliver suitable growth 
opportunities (including land-bridging) to capitalise on 
the investment. 
Aurizon may not be successful in executing this strategy 
as a result of lower than expected demand, ineffective 
planning, insufficient talent, resources and assets.
Materialisation of these risks could result in financial 
losses, stranded assets, negative investor sentiment, 
reputational damage and failure to achieve 
strategic objectives.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon has formulated a strategy 
to facilitate the expansion of our 
Containerised Freight service offering.
This strategy includes a prioritised plan 
for attracting customer demand in key 
corridors and to support the Landbridge 
concept. From an operational execution 
perspective, there are strategies for 
accessing and developing key terminals 
and pathing, procuring and managing the 
required rollingstock and other assets, and 
implementing suitable IT systems. It also 
includes leveraging existing containerised 
freight expertise and operations, and 
recruiting additional personnel with the 
necessary expertise and skill sets.
Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
24

RISK 
RISK DESCRIPTION AND  
POTENTIAL IMPACTS 
IMPACTS AND 
INFLUENCE
MANAGEMENT  
RESPONSE 
Fleet strategy
Aurizon’s ability to effectively serve its customers 
is largely dependent on its ability to make optimal 
use of its long-life operational assets. Suboptimal 
management of the Aurizon fleet resulting in degraded 
operational performance could result in financial losses 
attributable to performance penalties, foregone demand 
or failure to deliver on key strategic objectives, such 
as growing Bulk earnings or expanding Containerised 
Freight services.
Lack of alignment with organisational strategy 
or suboptimal development or execution of the  
near-and longer-term fleet strategy can impact the 
pursuit of opportunities, erode customer and investor 
confidence, and pose safety risks for employees and the 
broader public.
As we prepare to decarbonise our fleet, new technology 
will be employed that may not be economically viable, 
resulting in financial losses or delays in meeting our 
climate commitments.
SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
LIMITED
INFLUENCE
Aurizon regularly reviews both fleet 
allocation and performance to optimise 
service delivery. Track-based condition 
monitoring equipment and on-train 
telemetry systems provides real-time data 
to support efficient maintenance practices 
and asset performance management.
Specific transformation initiatives have 
been undertaken to improve asset 
availability, reliability and utilisation while 
optimising total operating costs across 
the fleet.
The Fleet Strategy Model combines 
operational, financial and market 
intelligence to understand the value 
implications of fleet positions (e.g., long/
short; surplus/deficit) and prioritise 
strategic and tactical interventions 
accordingly and:
	› it identifies deviations to planned 
outcomes, analysing them for 
potential risks and opportunities based 
on fleet dynamics
	› informs fleet allocation decisions such 
as redeploying assets from one business 
unit to another or reinstating stowed 
assets to the active fleet
	› helps calibrate the optimal spend on 
assets including the appropriate level 
and type of intervention (e.g. renewal, 
upgrade, conversion) based on life cycle 
plans and use case strategies
	› supports growth plans through 
calculated investment in new fleet 
based on target risk-return criteria and 
time horizon considerations
	› how Aurizon thinks about and 
plans potential decarbonisation 
pathways for different corridors 
using key assumptions and 
scenario-based outputs.
For more information on our approach to 
climate change, including risks relating to 
decarbonising and reporting, refer to our 
annual Sustainability Report.
Operating and Financial Review
25

Sustainability 
Aurizon keeps stakeholders informed of 
our corporate governance and financial 
performance via announcements to the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and 
our website. In addition, we take a direct 
approach to reporting environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) disclosures to our 
stakeholders with the publication of our 
annual Sustainability Report. 
We recognise that our climate change 
disclosures are one of the key interests to 
stakeholders. Since 2017, we have aligned 
our climate-related disclosures to the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) as recommended by the Financial 
Stability Board. This framework enables 
consistent climate-related financial risk 
disclosures for use by companies in providing 
information to investors, lenders, insurers and 
other stakeholders. 
In FY2021, we published our Climate Strategy 
and Action Plan (CSAP). The strategy builds 
on our existing work in reducing our carbon 
footprint. We recognise that we all have 
a responsibility to act on climate change 
— government, business, and the general 
community — so we can achieve an effective 
transition to a low-carbon future. 
Aurizon is committed to managing 
its operational activities and services 
in a sustainable manner, and has 
continued to monitor performance 
against key sustainability targets and 
objectives, which include:
	› a net-zero operational emissions (Scope 1 
and 2) by 2050 target
	› an additional emissions intensity reduction 
target of 10% by 2030 to maintain an 
emphasis on improving existing capabilities 
and assets in the near term
	› two primary safety metrics to measure 
safety outcomes across the enterprise: Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) 
and Serious Injury and Fatality Frequency 
Rate (SIFRa+p) 
	› gender representation on the Board 
	› representation of women in senior 
executive roles
	› representation of women in the workforce
	› representation of Aboriginal and 
Torres Strait Islander men and women 
in the workforce.
Details on our progress against the targets 
and objectives, together with the steps 
that are taken by the Board to ensure there 
is effective governance and oversight, are 
published in Aurizon’s Sustainability Report. 
Safety 
At Aurizon, we are committed to protecting 
our people and the communities in 
which we operate. 
During FY2024, our Safety Strategy 
has continued to prioritise building and 
implementing simple systems and processes, 
understanding and controlling safety risks, 
and building leadership and capability with 
a strong in-field presence. In FY2024, we 
launched three significant safety initiatives:
	› Contractor Safety Management — Planning, 
Evaluation and Engagement is part of our 
enhanced framework designed to support 
managing contractor safety consistently 
across our operations. Our enterprise 
approach recognises common risks and 
enables us to plan, evaluate and engage 
entities more effectively.
	› Design of the Fatigue Risk Management 
framework represents a significant change 
to a more contemporary, flexible and 
responsive approach to managing fatigue. 
Our approach has introduced simple 
tools and processes to enable our people 
to identify fatigue risk and implement 
appropriate controls within the context of 
the task and work being undertaken.
	› A national level crossing education and 
awareness campaign — ‘Respect the sign. 
Lives are on the line’. The campaign is told 
through the eyes of those directly impacted 
by level crossing events, especially train 
crew and the first responders that see 
the impacts of near-misses and collisions. 
The campaign includes several resources 
available for people to engage with 
their local schools and communities for 
a multi-faceted approach from Aurizon 
on this key safety risk.
Aurizon uses two primary safety metrics 
to measure safety performance across the 
enterprise: TRIFR and SIFR(a+p). As of 
1 July 2023, Aurizon Bulk Central has been 
included in Aurizon’s enterprise safety 
performance reporting. For comparison 
purposes, any percentage improvement 
compares FY2024 performance to the 
combined Aurizon and Aurizon Bulk Central 
FY2023 performance.
FY2024 TRIFR was 7.36 injuries per million 
hours worked compared to 8.65 for FY2023, 
an improvement in our overall TRIFR of 15%. 
FY2024 SIFR(a+p) was 1.63 events per million 
hours worked compared to 2.28 for FY2023, 
representing a 29% improvement. 
In FY2025, business units will broaden 
attention from the enterprise deep dive on 
musculoskeletal injuries to their own unique 
injury risks, as relevant. Each business unit will 
then review and develop relevant programmes 
at a local level, focused on lower end 
injury trends. 
Environment
Aurizon is committed to managing its 
operational activities and services in an 
environmentally responsible manner to meet 
legal, social and moral obligations. To deliver 
on this commitment, Aurizon seeks to comply 
with all applicable laws and regulations that 
have a planning, environmental or cultural 
heritage focus. 
In FY2024, statutory approvals obtained and 
land use planning enabling non-coal growth 
and expansion included:
	› the West Kalgoorlie terminal development 
approval pursuant to the Planning and 
Development Act 2005 (WA) that enables 
the operation of the 10-year iron ore 
haulage contract between West Kalgoorlie 
and Esperance for Gold Valley; and
	› referral of the Berrimah terminal expansion 
project to the Northern Territory EPA, 
pursuant to the Environment Protection 
Act 2019 (NT) resulting in the decision that 
the project does not have potential to have 
a significant impact on the environment 
and no environmental impact assessment 
is required under NT regulations. The 
project was also referred to the Federal 
Government pursuant to the Environment 
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation 
Act 1999 (Cth) and is awaiting assessment.
The National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting Act 2007 (NGER) (Cth) requires 
the Group to report its annual greenhouse 
gas emissions and energy use. The Group has 
implemented systems and processes for the 
collection and calculation of the data required 
and is registered under the NGER Act.
In March 2023, Aurizon Operations Limited 
successfully transitioned to a National 
Transport Facility (NTF), with a production-
adjusted baseline, under the Safeguard 
Mechanism. The NTF, effectively, combined 
Aurizon’s existing three Safeguard facilities 
along with emissions generated by Bulk 
Central. In January 2024, the Clean Energy 
Regulator confirmed emissions generated 
by Aurizon’s NTF in FY2023 were below its 
baseline, in full compliance with Safeguard. 
Aurizon is undertaking appropriate steps 
to prepare for, and effectively manage 
its obligations under the Safeguard 
mechanism’s declining baseline, which 
commenced in FY2024.
Aurizon continues to engage with the Federal 
Government regarding the emissions benefits 
associated with shifting freight from road 
to rail, which supports the Government’s 
transport sector decarbonisation roadmap. 
Directors’ Report (continued) 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
26

Aurizon maintained compliance with stringent 
noise requirements related to locomotive 
engines and wheel/rail interface outlined 
in both NSW and South Australia EPA 
rollingstock licencing. Aurizon also complied 
with obligations applicable to locomotive 
engine noise in all other jurisdictions across its 
operational footprint. 
Aurizon continues to work collaboratively 
with supply chain partners to minimise coal 
dust emissions associated with Aurizon’s 
coal haulage operations. Data from the 
CQCN opacity monitoring stations indicated 
FY2024 again yielded low rates of coal 
dust loss from tops of wagons. On the 
South-West System (QLD), the results of 
air quality monitoring undertaken by the 
Department of Environment and Science 
continues to demonstrate rail transport 
(including coal haulage) complies with air 
quality criteria. In the Hunter Valley (NSW), 
Aurizon has maintained focus on compliance 
with its Environment Protection Licence 
for rollingstock operation on licensed rail 
networks that requires minimisation of 
dust generation.
Environmental and Cultural Heritage 
prosecutions compliance reporting in FY2024: 
	› Aurizon has not incurred any fines or 
sanctions for non-compliance related to 
environmental harm or cultural heritage 
regulations; and 
	› Aurizon has had two notifiable 
environmental incidents. Remedial actions 
were implemented as required and no 
ongoing material environmental impacts 
are anticipated. 
People 
At Aurizon, our people are our greatest 
asset. We have over 6,100 employees living 
and working across our national footprint 
of operations. Our Aurizon values (Safety, 
People, Integrity, Customer and Excellence) 
guide our people’s work in delivering 
bulk commodities to the world, and are 
underpinned by a workplace culture of 
connection to enable great outcomes. 
Through our commitment to safe and efficient 
delivery for our customers, we are building our 
workforce for the future. Strong leadership, 
culture and values-aligned people practices 
lay the foundation to achieve this. During the 
year we progressed key initiatives, including: 
	› targeted leadership programs to ensure 
leaders at all levels have the skills to 
support their teams to perform at their 
best. During the year, ‘Leading for Results’ 
has been refreshed and Aurizon’s Just and 
Fair methodology incorporated into our 
foundational leadership program. ‘Leading 
for Safety’ was also redesigned to improve 
outcomes with an opportunity identified to 
roll-out masterclasses for senior leadership.
	› In addition to leadership development, 
we remain focused on developing the 
capability we need for the future. Programs 
such as ‘Careers in Action’ to support 
recent graduates and those transitioning 
to the rail industry. Our ‘Rail 101’ program 
stitches our diverse organisation together 
to demonstrate to participants of all 
experience levels how their role contributes 
to the bigger picture. During FY2024, 
455 of our people participated in a 
development program. 
	› We are continuing to invest in training for 
our biggest employee group — train drivers. 
In the past three years, we have more 
than tripled the number of trainees, with 
200 completing their training in FY2024. 
To support our trainee drivers on their 
learning journey, a new app, ‘KeepTrack’, 
was developed to give them visibility of 
their progress. 
Operating and Financial Review
27

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
Dear Shareholders 
On behalf of the Board, we are pleased to present Aurizon’s Financial Year (FY) 2024 Remuneration Report. 
Aurizon delivered Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) in FY2024 of $1,624 million, 14% higher than 
the prior year. The Company continued to be resilient, generated strong cash flow, and delivered again on its earnings guidance. 
The Coal business recorded higher Underlying EBITDA of $528 million, up 16% on the prior year, driven by higher volumes and yield.
The Bulk business recorded a 7% increase in Underlying EBITDA of $229 million, driven by minerals and iron ore volumes, offset by lower grain 
volumes, rail network impacts from weather and the cessation of a rail maintenance contract in the Pilbara.
The Network business realised 14% higher Underlying EBITDA compared to FY2023, driven by higher (allowable) regulated revenue and volume 
over-recovery. 
The Short Term Incentive (STI) Award for FY2024 continued to be based on the three annual performance measures of Underlying EBITDA,  
Safety and Individual Key Deliverables. A Business Unit Underlying EBITDA measure continues to be used for Bulk and Coal. 
The Group Underlying EBITDA outcome was between Threshold and Target in the scorecard. Coal achieved an above Target result and  
Bulk Underlying EBTIDA was below Threshold.
During FY2024, Aurizon continued to use two primary safety metrics in the STI remuneration framework: Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) and Serious Injury and Fatality Frequency Rate (SIFR), including both actual and potential events. We have seen significant improvements 
across both measures, resulting in a Stretch outcome. 
The STI Award also considers performance against individual deliverables which vary for Key Management Personnel (KMP). These performance 
measures make up 30% of the STI Award scorecard and focus on delivering against our strategic levers of accelerating cost competitiveness 
(optimise), achieving competitive advantage (excel) and positioning for growth (extend). 
Management delivered solid progress against a majority of individual deliverables in FY2024, with milestones achieved on several multi-year 
transformation projects. These projects are delivering safety, operational and financial benefits for the Company. Milestones achieved included  
our TrainGuard project, with driver-only operations commenced on the Blackwater corridor, and technology deployment now live on the  
Goonyella mainline. We completed our Above Rail Asset Management program, resulting in above target transformation benefits, and our  
Enterprise Support Model Review, which is on track to deliver direct cost and process efficiencies across our support functions. 
Individual Key Deliverables continued to measure progress against our Climate Strategy and Action Plan, with three key projects converted from 
concept to committed projects, and a national rail level crossing campaign was launched to support improved safety outcomes for our people  
and the community. 
The national ramp-up of our Containerised Freight business was also delivered on schedule, and we continued to execute growth opportunities 
across the Bulk and Containerised Freight businesses.
While FY2024 saw solid delivery against a majority of Individual Key Deliverables, outcomes against these measures varied between Threshold 
and Target for Executive KMP, noting the growth target for Bulk was not met and the operational performance of both Network and Coal was 
below expectations.
Overall performance across the STI measures is reflected directly in the STI payments for our Executive KMP. The Board has determined that overall 
outcomes between Threshold and above Target will be awarded for Executive KMP.
During FY2024, the 2020 Long Term Incentive (LTI) Award was subject to testing. It included relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and  
Return On Invested Capital (ROIC) measures. No portion of the LTI Award vested and these rights have lapsed. 
The Board considers that these overall remuneration outcomes reach an appropriate balance between business performance, shareholder outcomes 
and recognising the contribution of the Leadership Team. 
During FY2024, the Board completed a review of Aurizon’s Remuneration Framework. The Board will continue to monitor feedback and market 
insights but have determined the framework continues to deliver against our remuneration principles, long-term strategic outlook, and remains 
effective in driving operational and financial performance. No changes to the framework have been made for FY2025. 
Yours faithfully
Tim Poole 	
	
	
Samantha Tough 
Chairman	 	
	
	
Chair, Remuneration and People Committee
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
28

1. Remuneration Report Introduction
Aurizon’s remuneration practices are aligned 
with the Company’s strategy of providing 
rewards that drive and reflect the creation 
of shareholder value while attracting and 
retaining Directors and Executives with the 
right capability to achieve results.
The Remuneration Report for the year ended 
30 June 2024 is set out as per Table 1. The 
information in this Report has been audited.
TABLE 1 — TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
CONTENTS
PAGE
1
Remuneration Report 
Introduction
29
2
Directors and 
Executives
29
3
Remuneration 
Framework 
Components
30
4
Company Performance 
Financial Year 2024
32
5
Take Home Pay
33
6
Short Term Incentive 
Award
34
7
Long Term Incentive 
Award
36
8
Executive Employment 
Agreements
38
9
Non-Executive Director 
Remuneration
39
10
Executive Remuneration 
Financial Year 2024
40
2. Directors and Executives
The Key Management Personnel (KMP) of the Group (being those whose remuneration must be 
disclosed in this Report) include the Non-Executive Directors and those Executives who have the 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Aurizon.
The Non-Executive Directors and Executives that formed part of the KMP for FY2024 are 
identified in Table 2.
Table 3 identifies other persons who were KMP at some time during FY2024.
TABLE 2 — KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
NAME
POSITION
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
T Poole
Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director
M Bastos
Independent Non-Executive Director
R Caplan
Independent Non-Executive Director
T Longstaff
Independent Non-Executive Director
S Ryan
Independent Non-Executive Director
L Strambi
Independent Non-Executive Director
S Tough1
Independent Non-Executive Director
EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer (MD & CEO)
P Bains
Group Executive Network
A Dartnell
Group Executive Bulk
G Lippiatt
Chief Financial Officer & Group Executive Strategy
E McKeiver
Group Executive Coal
1	 S Tough was appointed Director on 1 September 2023. 
TABLE 3 — FORMER KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
NAME
POSITION
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
S Lewis1
Independent Non-Executive Director
1	 S Lewis retired on 12 October 2023.
Remuneration Report 29

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
3.	Remuneration Framework 
components
Total potential remuneration
Aurizon’s Remuneration Framework for each 
Executive comprises three components:
	› Fixed remuneration (not ‘at risk’) that 
comprises salary and other benefits, 
including superannuation
	› Short Term Incentive Award (STIA) (‘at risk’ 
component, awarded on the achievement 
of performance conditions over a 12-month 
period) that comprises both a cash 
component and a component deferred for 
12 months into equity which is subject to a 
service condition and claw-back for financial 
misstatements and misconduct
	› Long Term Incentive Award (LTIA)  
(‘at risk’ component, awarded on the 
achievement of performance and service 
conditions over a four-year period) that 
comprises only an equity component.
The structure is intended to provide an 
appropriate mix of fixed and variable 
remuneration, and provide a combination 
of incentives intended to drive performance 
against the Company’s short and longer-term 
business objectives.
The mix of potential remuneration 
components for FY2024 for the MD & CEO 
and Executive KMP is set out in Figure 1: Total 
potential remuneration. The remuneration mix 
for MD & CEO and remaining Executive KMP 
remains unchanged from prior year.
Executive remuneration governance
Figure 2 represents Aurizon’s remuneration 
governance framework. Details on the 
composition of the Remuneration and People 
Committee (Committee) are set out on  
Page 8 of this report. The Committee’s 
Charter is available in the Governance  
section of the Company’s website at  
www.aurizon.com.au 
FIGURE 1 — TOTAL POTENTIAL REMUNERATION1
MD & CEO: CASH COMPONENT: 47% 
EQUITY COMPONENT: 53%
EXECUTIVE KMP: CASH COMPONENT: 52%
EQUITY COMPONENT: 48%
Fixed Remuneration
STIA
Deferred STIA
LTIA
38%
34%
15%
14%
23%
21%
24%
31%
1	 Assumes achievement of the stretch performance hurdle outcomes for STIA, full vesting of the Deferred STIA and 
LTIA at a value equal to the maximum opportunity of the original award i.e. assuming no share price appreciation.
FIGURE 2 — REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
BOARD
The Board:
	› approves the overall remuneration policy and 
ensures it is competitive, fair and aligned with the 
long-term interests of the Company
	› approves the remuneration for Non-Executive 
Directors, MD & CEO, Executive KMP and the 
remaining Group Executives
	› assesses the performance of, and determines the 
STIA outcome for, the MD & CEO giving due weight 
to objective performance measures while retaining 
discretion to determine final outcomes
	› considers and determines the STIA outcomes of 
the Executive KMP and remaining Group Executives 
based on the recommendations of the MD & CEO.
 
REMUNERATION AND PEOPLE COMMITTEE
The Remuneration and People Committee is delegated 
responsibility by the Board to review and make 
recommendations on:
	› the remuneration policies and framework for  
the Company
	› Non-Executive Director remuneration
	› remuneration for MD & CEO, Executive KMP and  
the remaining Group Executives 
	› Executive incentive arrangements.
 
MANAGEMENT
	› Provides information relevant to remuneration decisions 
and makes recommendations to the Remuneration and 
People Committee
	› Obtains remuneration information from external advisors 
to assist the Remuneration and People Committee (i.e. 
market data, legal advice, accounting advice, tax advice).
REMUNERATION 
CONSULTANTS AND 
OTHER EXTERNAL 
ADVISORS
In performing duties and 
making recommendations to 
the Board, the Remuneration 
and People Committee may 
from time to time appoint 
and engage independent 
advisors directly in relation 
to Executive remuneration 
matters. 
These advisors:
	› review and provide 
recommendations on the 
appropriateness of the 
MD & CEO and Executive 
remuneration
	› provide independent 
advice, information and 
recommendations relevant 
to remuneration decisions.
Any recommendations and 
advice provided by external 
advisors are used to assist 
the Board — they do not 
substitute for the Board and 
Remuneration and People 
Committee processes.
CONSULTATION WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS AND 
OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
30

Remuneration Framework and Objectives
The Board continues to review Aurizon’s Remuneration Framework annually. Summarised in Figure 3 are the changes that were implemented in 
FY2024 with no changes made to the framework for FY2025. For the purposes of section 206L of the Corporations Act 2001 no remuneration 
recommendations were made by remuneration consultants in relation to key management personnel.
FIGURE 3 — REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK AND OBJECTIVES
	› To attract and retain Executives with 
the right capability to achieve results.
The financial and non-financial 
performance measures were chosen 
because:
	› Underlying EBITDA delivers direct 
financial benefits to shareholders
	› Safety drives a continuous safety 
improvement culture and embeds safe, 
efficient and effective processes across all 
aspects of a heavy industry business
	› Individual aligns employee contribution 
to the achievement of Aurizon’s strategy. 
At the start of the performance year, 
the Board determines the MD & CEO’s 
individual deliverables. Relevant measures 
are cascaded to the Executive Committee 
and throughout the organisation.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES AND  
LINK TO PERFORMANCE
FY2024  
FRAMEWORK CHANGES
PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Considerations:
	› Experience and qualifications
	› Role and responsibility
	› Retain key capability
	› Reference to remuneration paid by similar 
sized companies in similar industry sectors
	› Internal and external relativities.
	› Relative TSR is a measure of the return 
generated for Aurizon’s shareholders 
over the performance period relative to 
a peer group of companies (from the 
ASX100 Index).
	› Strategic Transformation reflects 
the growing aspirations of the 
Bulk business and other non-coal 
investments. 
	› ROIC reflects the fact that Aurizon 
operates a capital-intensive business 
and our focus should be on maximising 
the level of return generated on the 
capital we invest.
Note: Minimum shareholding 
requirements for Executive KMP and the 
remaining Group Executive encourages 
retention of shares and alignment with 
shareholder interests.
	› No changes to the 2024 Award.
LONG TERM  
INCENTIVE AWARD
Total Remuneration  
Overall, Executive remuneration is designed to support the delivery of superior shareholder returns by placing a significant proportion of an Executive’s 
total potential remuneration at risk and awarding a significant portion of at risk pay in equity.
	› Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
(25%)
	› Strategic Transformation (25%)
	› Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) (50%).
Measured over a four-year performance period.
LTIA at Risk (Maximum):
MD & CEO: 150% of Fixed Remuneration
Other Executive KMP: 112.5% of Fixed 
Remuneration.
FIXED  
REMUNERATION
SHORT TERM  
INCENTIVE AWARD
	› Underlying EBITDA (Enterprise and,  
if applicable, Business Unit) (60%)
	› Safety improvement (10%) TRIFR and 
SIFR(a+p) equally weighted 5%
	› Individual (30%).
Measured over a one-year performance period.
Participants can earn up to a maximum of  
150% of ‘at-target’ percentage.
In assessing outcomes, the Board considers 
relevant health and safety events and  
retains discretion to adjust STIA outcomes 
accordingly. 
STIA at Risk:
MD & CEO: Target 100% of Fixed  
Remuneration and maximum 150% of  
Fixed Remuneration.
Other Executive KMP: Target 75% of  
Fixed Remuneration and maximum 112.5%  
of Fixed Remuneration.
Effective 1 July 2023, fixed remuneration 
increases were provided to ensure 
alignment with external peer group: 
	› MD & CEO: from $1.8m to $1.836m 
(2.0%) 
	› Other Executive KMP: between  
0% and 4%.
The Board reviews Executive 
remuneration annually but increases 
are not guaranteed.
	› From FY2024 the Network Business 
Unit scorecard does not include a  
Business Unit EBITDA measure, 
reverting to Group EBITDA measure 
to align Network with enterprise 
performance outcomes.
Remuneration Report
31

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
4.	Company performance for Financial Year 2024
Aurizon reported Group Underlying EBITDA of $1,624 million for continuing operations for year ended 30 June 2024 in line with EBITDA guidance 
range ($1,590m–$1,680m). 
Aurizon performed well in FY2024, delivering solid financial outcomes and improved returns for shareholders, while continuing a disciplined 
investment program in assets to secure future growth. 
Table 4 shows historical Company performance across a range of key measures. Performance across earnings and individual measures is reflected 
directly in STIA payments. Detail related to performance against the FY2024 STIA performance measures is provided in Table 6 (Page 35).  
Table 9 (Page 37) provides additional information related to the LTIA performance outcomes.
TABLE 4 — HISTORICAL COMPANY PERFORMANCE AGAINST KEY MEASURES 
KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES
DESCRIPTION
FY2024
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2020
Group Underlying EBITDA1
$m
1,624
1,428
1,467
1,482
1,468
Bulk Underlying EBITDA1
$m
229
214
135
140
110
Coal Underlying EBITDA1
$m
528
455
541
533
616
Network Underlying EBITDA1
$m
930
813
801
849
798
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
%
8.9
7.5
10.3
10.7
10.9
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
per million work hours
7.36
8.36
8.51
10.21
9.92
SIFR(a+p)2
per million work hours
1.63
1.92
–
–
–
4-year TSR
%
(2.3)
 (14.9)
13.8
(11.1)
–
Share Buy-Back
$m
–
–
–
300
400
Share price at beginning of year3 
$
3.98
3.83
3.73
4.80
5.40
Share price at end of year3
$
3.65
3.92
3.80
3.72
4.92
Dividends per share4
cps
17.0
15.0
21.4
28.8
27.4
Dividends5
$m
313
275
395
533
529
1	 Continuing operations.
2	 From FY2023 the safety metric Serious Injury and Fatality Frequency Rate, including both actual and potential events (SIFR(a+p)) replaced Rail Process Safety (RPS)  
in the Short Term Incentive Award scorecard. 
3	 Share price at close of day. 
4	 Dividends per share for each Financial Year (the final dividend is paid in the following financial year). 
5	 Dividends for each Financial Year (the final dividend is paid in the following financial year).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
32

5.	Take home pay
Table 5 identifies the actual remuneration earned during FY2024 for Executive KMP.
The table has not been prepared in accordance with accounting standards but has been provided to ensure shareholders are able to clearly 
understand the remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP. Remuneration outcomes, which are prepared in accordance with the accounting 
standards, are provided in Section 10 (Page 42).
Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually but no increases are guaranteed. In reviewing fixed remuneration, consideration is made to overall  
individual and business performance, as well as positioning against market peers. Effective 1 July 2023, fixed remuneration increases were provided 
to the MD & CEO (2%) and the other Executive KMP (4%), excluding the Group Executive Bulk who did not receive an increase.  
The remuneration outcomes identified in Table 5 are directly linked to the Company performance described in Section 6 (Page 35) and 
Section 7 (Page 36).
The actual STIA is dependent on Aurizon, Business Unit and individual performance as described in Section 6.
Varying performance across our key measures is also reflected directly in the STIA payments for our Executive KMP, which range  
from 43% to 68% of their potential maximum.
The actual vesting of the LTIA is dependent on Aurizon’s performance and the outcomes are further described in Section 7.
During FY2024, the 2020 LTI Award was subject to testing. Aurizon’s performance resulted in no components of the Award vesting.  
All rights have lapsed under this Award. 
Movement in the Aurizon share price over the various performance periods is reflected in the remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP,  
aligning Executive KMP outcomes with the shareholder experience. 
TABLE 5 — REMUNERATION EARNED IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2024 
NAME
FIXED 
REMUNERATION 
$’000
NON-MONETARY 
BENEFITS1 
$’000
STIA 
CASH2 
$’000
STIA DEFERRED 
FROM PRIOR YEAR3 
$’000
LTIA 
VESTING4 
$’000
SHARE PRICE 
APPRECIATION5 
$’000
ACTUAL FY2024 
REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
$’000
FORMER EXECUTIVE KMP EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding
1,836
–
994
380 
–
6
3,216
P Bains
857
–
331
242 
–
4
1,434
A Dartnell
670
–
193
14 
–
0
877
G Lippiatt
832
–
338
121 
–
2
1,293
E McKeiver
761
–
349
99 
–
2
1,211
1	 Non-monetary benefits represent the value of Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 31 March.
2	 The amount relates to the cash component (60%) of the FY2024 STIA which will be paid in September 2024. 
3	 The amount relates to the deferred component (40%) of the FY2023 STIA which was awarded in performance rights and will become unrestricted in September 2024 
(calculation assumes a share price of $3.59 at date of issue).
4	 The 2020 Award, due to vest in October 2024, was subject to testing in FY2024. As the performance hurdles were not met no rights vested. 
5	 The amount is the number of rights which vest multiplied by the increase or decrease in the Aurizon share price over the period ended 30 June 2024  
(calculation assumes share price appreciation of $0.06 Deferred Short Term Incentive Award (DSTIA)).
Remuneration Report
33

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.	Short Term Incentive Award
What is the STIA and who participates?
The STIA is ‘at risk’ remuneration subject to 
the achievement of pre-defined Company, 
Business Unit and individual performance 
measures which are set annually by the Board 
at the beginning of the performance period. 
For each component of the STIA, three 
performance levels are set:
	› Threshold, below which no STIA is paid 
for that component
	› Target, which typically aligns to relevant 
corporate plans and budgets, a business 
improvement targeted outcome or reflects 
an improvement on historical achievement
	› Stretch, outcomes which are materially 
better than Target.
The STIA applies in a similar manner to 
other eligible employees. For the MD & 
CEO, Executive KMP and the remaining 
Group Executives a portion (40%) will be 
deferred into equity for a period of 12 months, 
which is subject to claw-back for financial 
misstatements or misconduct.
What are the Company performance 
measures?
The performance measures which generally 
apply to participants are Underlying EBITDA, 
Safety and individual performance. 
Business Unit measures are included in the 
scorecard for Bulk and Coal. 
Each measure has a defined level of 
performance. The measures drive a 
continuous safety improvement culture, and 
strengthen and grow our current business 
while continuing to transform the Enterprise.
This is achieved through a focus on people 
and asset efficiencies, while at the same time, 
delivering benefits to shareholders. 
In assessing outcomes, the Board considers  
relevant health and safety events and  
retains discretion to adjust STIA outcomes  
accordingly. 
Individual performance measures relate 
to each specific role and measure an 
individual’s contribution against a range 
of operational and strategic performance 
measures. At the start of the performance 
year, the Board determines the MD & CEO’s 
individual deliverables. Relevant deliverables 
are cascaded to the Executive Committee 
and throughout the organisation as 
reflected in Figure 4.
What is the amount that participants 
can earn through an STIA?
The employment agreements specify a target 
STIA, expressed as a percentage of Fixed 
Remuneration (100% for the MD & CEO and 
75% for the remaining Executive KMP). Each 
participant can earn between 0% up to a 
maximum of 150% of this target percentage, 
depending on performance and subject to 
Board discretion. 
Depending on performance assessed at 
year end, participants may earn for each 
enterprise measure: 0% for performance 
below Threshold, 50% at Threshold (for 
measures other than Underlying EBITDA, for 
which Threshold earnings are 30%) with a 
linear scale up to 100% at Target performance; 
and a further linear scale to 200% at 
Stretch performance.
STIA outcomes are determined by calculating 
the performance outcome against the  
relevant weighted performance measure. 
Figure 5 provides an example of an  
at-target performance outcome based on  
the FY2024 scorecard.
What are the outcomes for FY2024?
Table 6 identifies the performance measures, 
relevant weightings, and outcomes for 
FY2024. The overall FY2024 outcomes for 
Executive KMP are identified within Table 7. 
Enterprise measures
Group Underlying EBITDA performance 
resulted in an outcome between Threshold 
and Target, and both TRIFR and SIFR(a+p) 
resulted in a Stretch outcome. 
Business Unit measures
Underlying EBITDA performance resulted 
in an above Target outcome for Coal and a 
below Threshold outcome for Bulk.
Individual deliverable measures
The STIA also considers performance 
against individual deliverables which vary 
for Executives and are aligned to delivering 
against our key strategic levers of accelerating 
cost competitiveness (Optimise), achieving 
competitive advantage (Excel) and 
positioning for growth (Extend). 
Management delivered solid progress against 
a majority of individual deliverables in 
FY2024, with milestones achieved on several 
multi-year transformation projects. These 
projects are delivering safety, operational and 
financial benefits for the Company. Milestones 
achieved included our TrainGuard project, 
with driver-only operations commenced on 
the Blackwater corridor, and technology 
deployment now live on the Goonyella 
mainline. We completed our Above Rail 
Asset Management program, resulting in 
above target transformation benefits, and 
our Enterprise Support Model Review, which 
is on track to deliver direct cost and process 
efficiencies across our support functions. 
Individual Deliverables continued to measure 
progress against our Climate Strategy 
and Action Plan, with three key projects 
converted from concept to committed 
projects and a national level rail crossing 
campaign was launched. 
The ramp-up of our Containerised Freight 
business was also delivered on schedule and 
we continued to execute growth opportunities 
across the Bulk and Containerised 
Freight businesses.
Outcomes varied between Threshold and 
Target for Executive KMP against the 
Individual Deliverables, with the MD & CEO 
receiving a Target outcome. 
FIGURE 4 — STRATEGIC MEASURES CASCADING PROCESS
OPTIMISE
EXCEL
EXTEND
FIGURE 5 — STIA TARGET PERFORMANCE  
OUTCOME CALCULATION
MD & CEO, NETWORK & SUPPORT 
FUNCTION PARTICIPANTS
=
=
+
+
+
BUSINESS UNIT PARTICIPANTS
60%
30%
10%
+
10%
30%
30%
30%
100%
100%
Enterprise 
Measures
(EBITDA)
Enterprise 
Safety
Measures
Business 
Unit 
Measures
(EBITDA)
Individual 
Deliverable 
Measures
(varied)
STIA 
OUTCOME
+
Managing 
Director  
& Chief  
Executive 
Officer
Executive 
Committee
Direct 
Reports 
to the 
Executive 
Committee
Other  
STIA 
Participants
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
34

TABLE 6 — SHORT TERM INCENTIVE AWARD FINANCIAL YEAR 2024 OBJECTIVES1 
PERFORMANCE MEASURE
WEIGHTING 
MD & CEO, 
CFO & 
NETWORK
COAL & 
BULK 
TARGET
FY2024 
PERFORMANCE 
OUTCOME
ENTERPRISE
Group Underlying EBITDA: Underlying EBITDA delivers financial 
benefit to shareholder through the achievement of underlying 
operating earnings
60%
30%
$1,645m
$1,624m
Group Safety: The measures drive a commitment to delivering a 
continuous safety improvement culture across all of the Company 
measured through equally weighted parameters which include:
	› Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
5%
5%
7.79
7.36
	› Serious Injury and Fatality Frequency Rate, including both actual 
and potential events (SIFR(a+p))
5%
5%
2.05
1.63
BUSINESS UNIT
Coal Underlying EBITDA:
–
30%
$525m
$528m
Bulk Underlying EBITDA:
$266m
$229m
INDIVIDUAL: At the start of the performance year the Board 
determines the MD & CEO individual deliverables. These individual 
deliverables are based on the Aurizon strategy of continuing to 
optimise, excel and extend the business. Relevant measures are 
subsequently cascaded to the Group Executives and the organisation. 
During FY2024 key deliverables included: 
	› Deliver efficiency through continued transformation and 
advancement of people and safety plans
	› Targeted capital investment and portfolio changes that support 
decarbonisation trajectory and optimise fleet composition 
	› Ongoing execution of Aurizon’s Climate Strategy and Action Plan 
	› Progress growth initiatives in Bulk, Containerised Freight and  
other non-coal growth execution
30%
30%
Individual performance 
targets vary for each 
specific role
Individual outcomes 
for MD & CEO and 
Executive KMP were 
between Threshold 
and Target 
TOTAL OUTCOME
100%
100%
Coal
MD & CEO, CFO, Network & Bulk 
1 	 Company performance hurdles relate to continuing operations
 Stretch 
 Between Target & Stretch 
 Target 
 Between Threshold & Target 
 Threshold 
 Below Threshold
TABLE 7 — SHORT TERM INCENTIVE AWARDED IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2024
AWARDED FY2024 $’000
NAME
TARGET STIA 
$’000
MAXIMUM 
POTENTIAL 
STIA $’000
STIA CASH 
COMPONENT
STIA 
DEFERRED SHARE 
COMPONENT1
TOTAL STIA 
PAYMENT
% OF 
TARGET 
STIA
% OF 
MAXIMUM 
STIA
% OF 
MAXIMUM STIA 
FORFEITED
EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding
1,836
2,754
994
662
1,656
90
60
40
P Bains
643
964
331
220
551
86
57
43
A Dartnell
503
754
193
129
322
64
43
57
G Lippiatt
624
936
338
225
563
90
60
40
E McKeiver
570
856
349
232
581
102
68
32
1	 A portion (40%) of the STIA awarded in the form of rights to shares, which vest on the first anniversary of payment of the cash component subject to  
Board’s ability to ‘claw-back’.
Remuneration Report
35

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
7. Long Term Incentive Award
What is the LTIA and who participates?
The LTIA is the component of Total Potential 
Remuneration linked to providing long-term 
incentives for selected Executives whom 
the Board has identified as being able to 
contribute directly to the generation of  
long-term shareholder returns. This includes 
the MD & CEO, Executive KMP, the remaining 
Group Executives and a number of other 
management employees.
What is the amount that Executives  
can earn through an LTIA?
The maximum potential remuneration 
(expressed as a percentage of Fixed 
Remuneration) available through the LTIA  
is 150% in the case of the MD & CEO and  
112.5% for the remaining Executive KMP. 
What is the performance period?
The company hurdles for the LTIA are 
measured over a four-year period. Retesting 
does not form part of any award.
What are the performance hurdles?
The 2020 Award has two performance 
hurdles: Relative Total Shareholder 
Return and Average Return on Invested 
Capital. From the 2021 Award a Strategic 
Transformation measure was introduced to 
reflect the growing aspirations of the Bulk 
business and other non-Coal investments as 
outlined in Table 9. 
How is the LTIA determined?
The number of performance rights issued 
under the LTIA to each Executive is calculated 
by dividing their respective LTIA potential 
remuneration (expressed as a percentage of 
Fixed Remuneration) by the five-day Volume 
Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of Aurizon 
shares at the time of their award.
Each performance right is a right to receive 
one share in Aurizon upon vesting.  
The number of performance rights that vest 
is determined by performance outcomes 
compared against predetermined company 
hurdles as described in Table 8 and Table 9.
What happens when performance 
rights vest?
Performance rights awarded under the LTIA 
vest subject to the satisfaction of company 
hurdles. Rights vest and the resulting 
shares are transferred to the Executive 
at no cost to the Executive. Value of the 
award will be subject to movements in the 
Aurizon share price over the performance 
period, aligning Executive outcomes and 
shareholder experience. 
Company performance and vesting  
outcomes for the 2020 LTIA is identified in 
Table 8. Aurizon’s performance resulted in  
no component of this Award vesting. 
TABLE 8 — COMPANY PERFORMANCE AGAINST LONG TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS SUBJECT TO TESTING IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2024
COMPANY HURDLE AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT PERIOD
WEIGHTING
RESULT
% 
VESTED
% 
LAPSED
2020 AWARD: 01 JULY 2020 — 30 JUNE 2024
Relative TSR: against peer 
group within ASX100 Index
30% of rights vest at the 50th percentile, 75% at the 
62.5th percentile up to 100% at the 75th percentile
50%
Below 50th 
Percentile
0%
100%
ROIC: average annual ROIC 
FY2021 – FY2024
50% of rights vest with an average ROIC of 9.5%,  
up to 100% at 10.5%
50%
9.4%
0%
100%
 Maximum 
 Between Minimum and Maximum 
 Minimum 
 Below Minimum
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
36

TABLE 9 — LONG TERM INCENTIVE AWARD PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW AND HURDLES FOR FUTURE AWARDS
DEFINITION
VESTING THRESHOLDS
RELATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
Measures the growth in share price plus cash distributions  
notionally reinvested in shares and is:
	› conditional on Aurizon’s TSR performance relative to a peer group of 
companies in the ASX 100 index that are broadly comparable  
to Aurizon (i.e. with which Aurizon competes for capital and/or 
capability, specifically companies in the industrials, energy, materials, 
real estate and utilities Industry Sectors (approximately 50))
	› determined by reference to a VWAP over a period to smooth  
any short-term ‘peaks’ or ‘troughs’
	› verified by an independent expert.
Vesting Thresholds are consistent across all outstanding Awards
WEIGHTING
MINIMUM 
VESTING
MAXIMUM  
VESTING
Outstanding 
2021 Award
2022 Award
2023 Award
Future  
2024 Award
 
25%
25%
25%
 
25%
30% of 
Rights vest  
at the  
50th  
percentile
75% of 
Rights vest  
at the 
62.5th 
percentile
100% of  
Rights vest  
at the  
75th  
percentile
All rights will vest pro-rata on a straight-line basis between the  
minimum and maximum vesting points
RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL
For the purposes of LTIA, ROIC is underlying EBIT divided by  
Invested Capital and will be calculated on the same basis as  
published ROIC with the following exceptions:
	› adjusted, for Invested Capital, to exclude major (infrastructure 
investments with an approved budget capital expenditure over 
$250m) assets under construction until these investments are 
planned to generate income, subject to Board discretion  
(for example, in the case of a delay judged to be outside the  
control of management and not able to be foreseen or mitigated)
	› adjusted (add-back depreciation charge and invested capital)  
to reflect asset impairments which occur during the performance 
period, excluding asset impairments driven by continued efficiency 
and productivity improvements.
Vesting Thresholds are consistent across all outstanding Awards
WEIGHTING
MINIMUM 
VESTING
MAXIMUM  
VESTING
Outstanding 
2021 Award
2022 Award
2023 Award
Future  
2024 Award
 
50%
50%
50%
 
50%
50% of Rights vest  
with an average 
ROIC of 9.5%
100% of Rights vest  
with an average 
ROIC of 10.5%
All rights will vest pro-rata on a straight-line basis between the  
minimum and maximum vesting points
STRATEGIC TRANSFORMATION
Measures the growth aspirations of the Bulk business and other  
non-Coal investments. 
Aligns with the long-term strategic direction to more than double  
the size of the Bulk and Containerised Freight business by FY2030  
by expanding across the bulk commodities supply chain.
	› For the 2021 Award, determined by reference to non-coal gross 
revenue growth over the performance period. 
	› For the 2022 Award, determined by reference to Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA growth over the performance period.  
The 2022 Award baseline reflects combined Underlying EBITDA  
for Bulk and One Rail Australia (excluding East Coast Rail). 
	› From the 2023 Award, determined by reference to Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA growth over the performance period.  
The baseline reflects Total Underlying Group EBITDA less  
Network and Coal EBITDA.
Vesting Thresholds vary across outstanding Awards
WEIGHTING
MINIMUM 
VESTING
MAXIMUM  
VESTING
Outstanding 
2021 Award
25%
50% of Rights  
vest with non-coal 
gross revenue 
growth of 29%
100% of Rights vest 
with non-coal gross 
revenue growth of 
43%
2022 Award
25%
50% of Rights vest 
with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 45%
100% of Rights 
vest with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 60%
2023 Award
25%
50% of Rights vest 
with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 121%
100% of Rights 
vest with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 146%
Future
2024 Award
25%
50% of Rights vest 
with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 131%
100% of Rights 
vest with Non-Coal 
Underlying EBITDA 
growth of 157%
All rights will vest pro-rata on a straight-line basis between the  
minimum and maximum vesting points
How does Aurizon utilise retention awards? 
In some circumstances, as approved by the Board, Management may recommend using retention awards where the services of an individual  
are considered critical to Aurizon over the short-to-medium term and the existing remuneration arrangements are thought to be insufficient to 
retain those services. Retention awards may be time-based or project-based and are governed by stringent performance conditions, and may be 
cash-based or equity-based. During FY2024, no retention awards were issued to Executive KMP and 127,681 performance rights were issued  
across a number of other employees. Further information is available in Note 27 of the Financial Report (Page 99). 
Remuneration Report
37

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
8.	Executive Employment 
Agreements
Executive Employment Agreements 
Remuneration and other terms of employment 
for the MD & CEO and Executive KMP are 
formalised in an Employment Agreement  
as summarised in Table 10.
Minimum shareholding and  
retention policy
To align KMP and Group Executives with 
shareholders, the Company requires:
	› Non-Executive Directors to accumulate and 
maintain one year’s Total Directors’ fees 
(consisting of Directors’ fee plus applicable 
Committee fee/s) of shares in the Company
	› the MD & CEO to accumulate and  
maintain one year’s Fixed Remuneration  
of shares in the Company
	› the remaining Executive KMP and Group 
Executives to accumulate and maintain  
50% of one year’s Fixed Remuneration of 
shares in the Company.
This is to be achieved within six years  
of the date of their appointment. This will  
be calculated with reference to the  
Total Directors’ fees and Executives’  
Fixed Remuneration during the period  
divided by the number of years.
Details of KMP shareholdings as at  
30 June 2024 are set out in Table 11.
Hedging and margin lending policies
Aurizon has in place a policy that prohibits 
Executives from hedging economic exposure 
to unvested rights that have been issued 
pursuant to a Company employee share 
plan. The policy also prohibits margin loan 
arrangements for the purpose of purchasing 
Aurizon shares. Adherence to this policy 
is monitored regularly and involves each 
Executive signing an annual declaration  
of compliance with the policy.
TABLE 10 — EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
NAME
DURATION OF  
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
FIXED REMUNERATION 
AT END OF FINANCIAL 
YEAR 20241
NOTICE PERIOD2
BY EXECUTIVE
BY COMPANY3
EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding
Ongoing
1,836,000
6 months
12 months
P Bains
Ongoing
857,000
3 months
6 months
A Dartnell
Ongoing
670,000
3 months
6 months
G Lippiatt
Ongoing
832,000
3 months
6 months
E McKeiver
Ongoing
760,600
3 months
6 months
1	 Fixed remuneration includes a superannuation component.
2	 Post employment restraints in any competitor business in Australia are aligned to the notice period.
3	 Any termination payment will be subject to compliance with the Corporations Act 2001 and will not exceed 12 months (unless approved by shareholders).
TABLE 11 — KMP SHAREHOLDINGS AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
NAME
BALANCE 
AT THE START 
OF THE YEAR
RECEIVED 
DURING THE YEAR 
ON VESTING
OTHER 
CHANGES DURING 
THE YEAR
BALANCE 
AT THE END 
OF THE YEAR
% OF FIXED 
REMUNERATION1
NON–EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
T Poole2
250,500
–
–
250,500
187%
M Bastos2
65,947
–
–
65,947
107%
R Caplan2
82,132
–
–
82,132
144%
T Longstaff
–
–
27,500
27,500
44%
S Ryan
63,000
–
–
63,000
111%
L Strambi
62,362
–
–
62,362
100%
S Tough3
–
–
–
–
0%
EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding2
2,162,262
351,664
–
2,513,926
500%
P Bains2
354,841
134,505
(50,000)
439,346
187%
A Dartnell
24,570
14,048
–
38,618
21%
G Lippiatt
168,944
90,097
–
259,041
114%
E McKeiver2
146,243
113,241
(144,000)
115,484
55%
FORMER NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
S Lewis4
63,025
–
–
63,025
–
1	 Assumes Total Directors’ Fees and Fixed Remuneration as at 30 June 2024 and the calculation assumes a share price of $3.65.
2	 KMP required to meet the minimum shareholding requirement due to length of service in a KMP role being longer than six years.
3	 S Tough commenced on 1 September 2023.
4	 S Lewis retired on 12 October 2023. Closing balance is shown as at this date.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
38

9. Non-Executive Director 
remuneration
Fees for Non-Executive Directors are set at 
a level to attract and retain Directors with 
the necessary skills and experience to allow 
the Board to have a proper understanding 
of, and competence to deal with, current and 
emerging issues for Aurizon.
Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors 
is reviewed by the Committee and set by 
the Board, taking into account external 
benchmarking. Fees and payments to  
Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually 
by the Board and reflect the demands 
which are made on, and the responsibilities 
of, the Directors.
The Chairman’s fees are determined 
independently to the fees of Non-Executive 
Directors, based on comparative roles in 
the external market. The Chairman does not 
participate in any discussions relating to the 
determination of his own remuneration.
Fee structure
The current annual base fees for the  
Non-Executive Directors are set out in Table 12. 
The Chairman’s fee is inclusive of fees for 
Committee memberships. 
In addition, to the base Directors’ fee, the 
other Non-Executive Directors receive the 
applicable fee component for chairperson 
and/or membership responsibilities. These 
Committee fees are set out in Table 13.
The base Directors’ fee and Committees  
fees include both cash and any  
contributions to a fund for the purposes  
of superannuation benefits. 
There are no other retirement benefits in place 
for Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive 
Directors do not receive a performance pay. 
The actual remuneration outcomes for the 
Non-Executive Directors of the Company 
are summarised in Table 14. Details of the 
Non-Executive Director membership are 
disclosed on Page 8. 
What are the aggregate fees  
approved by shareholders?
The aggregate fees are $2.5 million. The cap 
does not include remuneration for performing 
additional or special duties for Aurizon at the 
request of the Board or reasonable travelling, 
accommodation and other expenses of 
Directors in attending meetings and carrying 
out their duties.
TABLE 12 — DIRECTORS’ FEES
DIRECTORS
TERM
FEES
Chairman 
Directors’ fees (inclusive of all responsibilities and superannuation)
$490,000
Other Non-Executive Directors
Directors’ fees (inclusive of superannuation)
$170,000
TABLE 13 — COMMITTEE FEES
NETWORK 
BOARD
AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE
REMUNERATION 
AND PEOPLE 
COMMITTEE
SAFETY, HEALTH 
& ENVIRONMENT 
COMMITTEE
Chairperson
$40,000
$40,000
$35,000
$35,000
Member
$20,000
$20,000
$17,500
$17,500
TABLE 14 — NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
NAME
YEAR
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE 
BENEFITS
POST-EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS
TOTAL 
REMUNERATION 
$’000
SALARY 
AND FEES1 
$’000
NON-MONETARY 
BENEFITS2 
$’000
SUPERANNUATION 
$’000
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
T Poole
2024
463
–
27
490
2023
465
–
25
490
M Bastos
2024
 203 
 – 
 22 
 225 
2023
204
–
21
225
R Caplan
2024
 187 
 – 
 21 
 208 
2023
208
–
–
208
T Longstaff3
2024
213
 – 
 11 
 224 
2023
9
–
1
10
S Ryan
2024
 208 
 – 
 – 
 208 
2023
228
–
–
228
L Strambi
2024
 205 
 – 
 23 
 228 
2023
206
–
22
228
S Tough4
2024
 146 
 – 
 16 
 162 
2023
–
–
–
–
FORMER NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
K Vidgen5 
2024
–
–
–
–
2023
 194 
 – 
 20 
214
S Lewis6
2024
 66 
 7 
 8 
 81 
2023
243
–
25
268
Total
2024
 1,691 
 7 
 128 
 1,826 
2023
 1,757 
 – 
 114 
 1,871 
1	 Salary and fees include any salary sacrificed benefits.
2	 Non-monetary benefits represent the value of Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 31 March.
3 	T Longstaff commenced on 1 June 2023
4	 S Tough commenced 1 September 2023.
5	 K Vidgen retired on 31 May 2023.
6	 S Lewis retired on 12 October 2023.
Remuneration Report 39

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
10. Executive Remuneration for Financial Year 2024
The table below details the number and value of movements in equity awards during FY20241.
TABLE 15 — RIGHTS GRANTED AS COMPENSATION 
NAME
INCENTIVE 
PLAN
BALANCE AT 
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR
 RIGHTS 
GRANTED 
DURING 
THE YEAR2 
VALUE OF 
RIGHTS 
GRANTED 
IN YEAR
VESTED 
IN YEAR
VESTED 
IN YEAR 
FORFEITED 
IN YEAR
FORFEITED 
IN YEAR
NO.
 NO. 
$’000
%
NO.
NO.
%
EXECUTIVE KMP
A Harding
20193
347,454
35
(121,609)
(225,845)
65
20204
556,263
2021
654,613
2022 DSTIA5
230,055
100
(230,055)
2022
694,087
2023 DSTIA6
–
105,794
380
2023
–
750,409
1,902
P Bains
20193
149,494
35
(52,323)
(97,171)
65
20204
191,469
2021
224,439
2022 DSTIA5
82,182
100
(82,182)
2022
238,303
2023 DSTIA6
–
67,343
242
2023
–
262,704
666
A Dartnell
20193
40,135
35
(14,048)
(26,087)
65
20204
51,404
2021
61,097
2022
65,799
2023 DSTIA6
–
4,031
14
2023
–
205,381
521
G Lippiatt
20193
48,799
35
(17,080)
(31,719)
65
20204
170,086
2021
210,411
2022 DSTIA5
73,017
100
(73,017)
2022
231,362
2023 DSTIA6
–
33,760
121
2023
–
255,041
647
E McKeiver
20193
129,574
35
(45,351)
(84,223)
65
20204
165,956
2021
199,190
2022 DSTIA5
67,890
100
(67,890)
2022
211,494
2023 DSTIA6
–
27,653
99
2023
–
233,154
591
1	 Each equity instrument granted, vested or exercised (as applicable) were issued by Aurizon and resulted or will result in a right to receive one ordinary share in Aurizon  
being provided. 
2	 The number of performance rights awarded, as described in Section 7, is a function of the market price (5-day VWAP) at the time of the award, that is, ‘face value’.  
	
For remuneration purposes, Aurizon does not use fair value to determine DSTI and LTI Awards.
3	 Details of the vesting outcomes are described in Table 8 in the FY2023 Remuneration Report.
4	 Aurizon’s performance resulted in no component of this Award vesting. These rights will lapse in October 2024. Details of vesting outcomes are described in Table 8.
5	 Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 6 of this report and Table 7 in the FY2022 Remuneration Report.
6	 Deferred STIA component as described in Section 3 and Section 6 of this report and Table 7 in the FY2023 Remuneration Report.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
40

VALUE OF RIGHTS 
FORFEITED IN YEAR
BALANCE AT 
END OF YEAR
WEIGHTED FAIR 
VALUE PER 
RIGHT AT 
GRANT DATE
GRANT 
DATE 
DATE ON WHICH 
GRANT VESTS
EXPIRY 
DATE
$’000
NO.
$
791
–
3.95
17-Oct-19
17-Oct-23
31-Dec-23
556,263
2.51
14-Oct-20
14-Oct-24
31-Dec-24
654,613
2.72
13-Oct-21
13-Oct-25
31-Dec-25
–
3.63
26-Sep-22
26-Sep-23
31-Dec-23
694,087
2.43
14-Oct-22
14-Oct-26
31-Dec-26
105,794
3.59
27-Sep-23
27-Sep-24
31-Dec-24
750,409
2.54
13-Oct-23
13-Oct-27
31-Dec-27
340
–
3.95
17-Oct-19
17-Oct-23
31-Dec-23
191,469
2.51
14-Oct-20
14-Oct-24
31-Dec-24
224,439
2.72
13-Oct-21
13-Oct-25
31-Dec-25
–
3.63
26-Sep-22
26-Sep-23
31-Dec-23
238,303
2.43
14-Oct-22
14-Oct-26
31-Dec-26
67,343
3.59
27-Sep-23
27-Sep-24
31-Dec-24
262,704
2.54
13-Oct-23
13-Oct-27
31-Dec-27
91
–
3.95
17-Oct-19
17-Oct-23
31-Dec-23
51,404
2.51
14-Oct-20
14-Oct-24
31-Dec-24
61,097
2.72
13-Oct-21
13-Oct-25
31-Dec-25
65,799
2.43
14-Oct-22
14-Oct-26
31-Dec-26
4,031
3.59
27-Sep-23
27-Sep-24
31-Dec-24
205,381
2.54
13-Oct-23
13-Oct-27
31-Dec-27
111
–
3.95
17-Oct-19
17-Oct-23
31-Dec-23
170,086
2.51
14-Oct-20
14-Oct-24
31-Dec-24
210,411
2.72
13-Oct-21
13-Oct-25
31-Dec-25
–
3.63
26-Sep-22
26-Sep-23
31-Dec-23
231,362
2.43
14-Oct-22
14-Oct-26
31-Dec-26
33,760
3.59
27-Sep-23
27-Sep-24
31-Dec-24
255,041
2.54
13-Oct-23
13-Oct-27
31-Dec-27
295
–
3.95
17-Oct-19
17-Oct-23
31-Dec-23
165,956
2.51
14-Oct-20
14-Oct-24
31-Dec-24
199,190
2.72
13-Oct-21
13-Oct-25
31-Dec-25
–
3.63
26-Sep-22
26-Sep-23
31-Dec-23
211,494
2.43
14-Oct-22
14-Oct-26
31-Dec-26
27,653
3.59
27-Sep-23
27-Sep-24
31-Dec-24
233,154
2.53
13-Oct-23
13-Oct-27
31-Dec-27
Remuneration Report
41

Directors’ Report (continued) 
REMUNERATION REPORT
Details of the remuneration paid to Executives are set out below and has been prepared in accordance with the accounting standards.
TABLE 16 — EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION 
SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
POST- 
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS
LONG-TERM 
BENEFITS
EQUITY- 
SETTLED 
SHARE-
BASED 
PAYMENTS
TOTAL 
$’000
PROPORTION OF 
COMPENSATION 
PERFORMANCE 
RELATED7 %
REMUNERATION 
CONSISTING 
OF RIGHTS FOR 
THE YEAR %
NAME
YEAR
CASH 
SALARY 
AND FEES1 
$’000
CASH 
BONUS2 
$’000
ANNUAL 
LEAVE3 
$’000
NON- 
MONETARY 
BENEFITS4 
$’000
OTHER5 
$’000
SUPER- 
ANNUATION5 
$’000
LONG- 
SERVICE 
LEAVE 
$’000
RIGHTS6 
$’000
CONTRACTUAL 
TERMINATION 
BENEFITS 
$’000
EXECUTIVE KMP
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
A Harding
2024
1,809
994
30
 – 
 – 
 27 
 80 
 1,306 
 – 
4,246 
54%
31%
2023
1,775
570
(18)
–
–
25
 72 
 2,128 
 – 
4,552 
59%
47%
P Bains
2024
829
331
3
 – 
 – 
 29 
 32 
 538 
 – 
1,762 
49%
31%
2023
797
363
9
 – 
 – 
 27 
 31 
 779 
 – 
2,006 
57%
39%
A Dartnell
2024
643
193
(5)
 – 
 – 
 27 
 20 
 174 
 – 
1,052
35%
17%
2023
85
22
24
 – 
 – 
 3 
 21 
 20 
 – 
175 
24%
11%
G Lippiatt
2024
805
338
(70)
 – 
 – 
 27 
 25
 440 
 – 
1,565 
50%
28%
2023
775
182
55
 – 
 – 
 25 
 31 
 659 
 – 
1,727 
49%
38%
E McKeiver
2024
734
349
22
 – 
 – 
 27 
 (19)
 390 
 – 
1,503 
49%
26%
2023
706
149
4
 – 
 – 
 25 
 16 
 634 
 – 
1,534 
51%
41%
FORMER EXECUTIVE KMP
C McDonald8
2024
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 – 
–
–
–
2023
 706 
 – 
 (29)
 – 
 – 
 25 
 21 
 487 
 – 
1,210 
40%
40%
Total  
Executive  
KMP 
compensation 
(group) 
2024
4,820 
2,205 
 (20)
 – 
 – 
 137
 138
 2,848 
 – 
10,128 
50%
28%
2023
4,844 
 1,286 
 45 
 – 
 – 
 130 
 192 
 4,707 
 – 
11,204 
53%
42%
1	 Cash salary and fees include any salary sacrifice benefits.
2	 This amount relates to the cash component (60%) of the FY2024 STIA which will be paid in September 2024.
3	 Annual leave represents annual leave accrued or utilised during the financial year and excludes periods of unpaid annual leave. Negative amounts represent the utilisation 
of annual leave.
4	 Non-monetary benefits represent the value of Reportable Fringe Benefits for the respective FBT year ending 31 March.
5	 Superannuation amounts represent employers’ contribution to superannuation.
6	 The accounting expense recognised in relation to rights granted in the year is the fair value independently calculated at grant date using an expected outcome model. 
This was consistent with the Monte-Carlo simulation conducted in the prior year and resulted in similar outcomes. This amount is progressively expensed over the vesting 
period. Refer to Note 27 for further details regarding the fair value of Rights. These values may not represent the future value that the Executive will receive, as the vesting 
of the Rights is subject to the achievement of performance conditions. This includes the cost of deferred short-term incentives and long-term incentives.
7	 The short-term incentives (cash bonus), deferred short-term incentives and long-term incentives (equity settled share-based payments) represent the at-risk performance 
related remuneration.
8	 Remuneration reflects the period 1 July 2022 to 1 May 2023, when C McDonald held the role of Group Executive Bulk.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
42

 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060  
Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 
GPO Box 1463 
Brisbane QLD 4001 Australia 
 
Tel:  +61 (0) 7 3308 7000 
Fax: +61 (0) 2 9322 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 
 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation. 
 
 
 
12 August 2024 
 
 
Board of Directors 
Aurizon Holdings Limited 
900 Ann Street 
Fortitude Valley, QLD, 4006 
Australia 
 
 
Dear Board Members 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to Aurizon Holdings Limited 
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following declaration 
of independence to the Board of Directors of Aurizon Holdings Limited. 
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Aurizon Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 June 
2024, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of: 
•
The auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 
•
Any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 
 
Yours faithfully 
 
 
 
 
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 
 
 
 
 
Matthew Donaldson 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
43
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
1.1 Role of Board and 
management which 
is set out in a Board 
Charter
The Board has established a clear distinction between the functions and responsibilities reserved for the Board 
and those delegated to management, which are set out in the Aurizon Board Charter (Charter).
The Charter also provides an overview of the roles of the Chairman, individual Directors, the Managing Director 
& CEO and the Company Secretary.
A copy of the Charter is available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
P
1.2 Information 
regarding election and 
re‑election of Director 
candidates and 
appropriate checks are 
undertaken on Director 
and senior executive 
appointments
Aurizon carefully considers the character, experience, education, skill set as well as interests and associations of 
potential candidates for appointment to the Board and conducts appropriate checks to verify the suitability of 
each candidate prior to their appointment.
Aurizon has appropriate procedures in place to ensure material information relevant to a decision to elect or 
re-elect a Director is disclosed in the Notice of Meeting provided to shareholders. Aurizon also conducts checks 
in relation to character, experience, education, criminal records and bankruptcy history of each candidate before 
appointing a new Director or a senior executive (e.g. the Managing Director & CEO and their direct reports). 
P
1.3 Written agreements 
setting out terms of 
appointment
In addition to being set out in the Charter, the roles and responsibilities of Directors are also formalised in a 
letter of appointment entered into with each Director on their appointment. The letters of appointment specify 
the term of appointment, time commitment envisaged, expectations in relation to committee work and any 
other special duties attached to the position (if any), reporting lines, remuneration arrangements, disclosure 
obligations in relation to personal interests, confidentiality obligations, insurance and indemnity entitlements 
and details of the Company’s key governance policies, such as the Securities Dealing Policy.
A copy of the Company’s key governance policies can be found on the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
Each senior executive enters into a service contract which sets out the material terms of employment, including 
a description of the senior executive’s position and duties, reporting lines, remuneration arrangements, 
termination rights and entitlements. The details and experience of each senior executive (known as the 
Executive Committee) are listed in the Leadership section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
The material terms of the appointment of those senior executives who are Key Management Personnel can be 
found on Page 38 of the Annual Report.
P
1.4 Company Secretary
Each Company Secretary is directly accountable to the Board, through the Chairman, for facilitating and 
advising on the Company’s corporate governance processes and on all matters to do with the proper 
functioning of the Board. Each Director is entitled to access the advice and services of each Company 
Secretary. The Charter also sets out the responsibilities of the Company Secretary.
In accordance with the Company’s Constitution and Charter, the appointment or removal of a Company 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole. Details of each Company Secretary’s experience and 
qualifications are set out on Page 6 of the Annual Report.
P
Corporate Governance Statement
Aurizon Holdings Limited and the entities it controls (Aurizon or Company) believe corporate governance is a critical pillar on which business 
objectives and, in turn, shareholder value must be built.
The Board has adopted a suite of charters and key corporate governance documents that articulate the policies and procedures followed by 
Aurizon. These documents are available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au. These documents are reviewed 
periodically to address any changes in governance practices and the law.	
This Statement explains how Aurizon complies with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations — 4th Edition (ASX Principles and Recommendations), and all the practices outlined in this Statement unless otherwise stated, 
have been in place for the full reporting period.
This Statement was adopted by the Board on 9 August 2024.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
44

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight (continued)
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
1.5 Diversity 
Aurizon has had a Diversity and Inclusion Policy since 2011 which is reviewed periodically, and which sets out 
its objectives including its stated values and reporting practices with respect to inclusion and diversity. It is 
available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
The Board and management remain committed to increasing female representation at all levels within 
the Company.
The measurable objectives and outcomes for diversity, agreed by the Board for FY2024, are set out below:
ENTERPRISE MEASURES
FY2024 TARGET
FY2024 ACTUAL
Gender representation 
on the Board
Minimum 30% (each gender)
25% women/75% men
Representation of women 
in senior executive roles 
(being the Group Executives)
30%
50%
Representation of women 
in the workforce
24%
23%
Representation of Aboriginal 
and Torres Strait Islander people 
in Aurizon
7%
7%
 
Note: This reflects the position at 30 June 2024. 
In compliance with the Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012, Aurizon submitted its annual compliance reports 
to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency in 2023. Aurizon’s most recent Gender Equality Indicators  
(as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012) are available on the Workplace Gender Equality Agency 
website www.wgea.gov.au. 
Further details on the Company’s inclusion and diversity performance and activities can be found on the 
Company website aurizon.com.au, including within Aurizon’s Sustainability Report.
P
1.6 Board reviews
A performance review is undertaken annually in relation to the Board and the Board Committees. Periodically	
the Board reviews the individual performance of the Directors (including the Chairman) and engages a 
professional independent consultant experienced in Board reviews to conduct a review of the Board and its 
Committees, and the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.
In relation to FY2024, an external independent consultant was engaged to undertake a comprehensive review 
of both the collective and individual performance of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors 
including the Chairman.
P
1.7 Management 
reviews
Each year the Board sets financial, operational, management and individual targets for the Managing Director & 
CEO. The Managing Director & CEO (in consultation with the Board) in turn sets targets for senior executives.
Performance against these targets is assessed periodically throughout the year and a formal performance 
evaluation for senior executives is completed for the year-end. The Company’s Remuneration and People 
Committee reviews the remuneration and performance management frameworks during the year. In addition, 
the Managing Director & CEO and each senior executive presents to the Board on the status of, progress made 
towards and their performance against their set key deliverables.
A performance evaluation as described was undertaken for all senior executives in FY2024. In respect of the 
Managing Director & CEO, the evaluation was led by the Chairman and discussed with the Remuneration and 
People Committee.
P
Corporate Governance Statement 45

Principle 2: Structure the Board to be effective and add value 
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
2.1 Nominations 
Committee 
The Nomination & Succession Committee comprises four members (including the Chairman), all of whom 
are Independent Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of the Nomination & Succession 
Committee, including the names and qualifications of the Committee members, are set out on Pages 4–5 
of the Annual Report.
The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Nomination & Succession Committee 
during the financial year are set out on Page 8 of the Annual Report.
The Nomination & Succession Committee assists the Board by facilitating and making recommendations on 
matters of Board composition, succession planning, the appointment and recruitment of Directors, together 
with the ongoing implementation of professional development programs as well as the Board review processes. 
During FY2024, the Nomination & Succession Committee assisted the Board in, among other things, reviewing 
the appropriate mix of skills, competencies and experience of its members, and assisted with the identification 
and recruitment of new Directors. 
The Charter governing the conduct of the Nomination & Succession Committee is reviewed annually and is 
available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au. Aurizon also has in place a policy 
on the election and appointment of Non-Executive Directors, which is reviewed annually.
P
2.2 Board skills
During the reporting period, the Board reviewed and updated its Board Skills Matrix to set out the diverse mix of 
skills and experience considered optimal for the Board. The Board considers that Directors have an appropriate 
range of skills, knowledge and experience necessary to direct the Company. 
Detail regarding the Board Skills Matrix, and the skills and experience of each Director and the Board collectively 
is included on Pages 4—7 of the Annual Report. 
P
2.3 Disclose 
independence and 
length of service
Details regarding which Directors are considered independent and the length of their service are set out on 
Page 4 of the Annual Report.
During FY2024, Mr Caplan has served as a Director of Aurizon for over 14 years. The Board remains satisfied that 
the interests of security holders are well served as Mr Caplan continues to bring independent judgement and 
deep operational understanding of the Company to bear on issues before the Board.
During FY2024, Mr Bastos has been a Director of Anglo America PLC, a long-term customer of the Company. The 
Board remains satisfied that Mr Bastos continues to bring an impartial mind and judgement to his role as Director.
Only the Managing Director & CEO is not considered independent, by virtue of the role being an Executive 
of the Company.
P
2.4 Majority of 
Directors independent
In accordance with the Charter, the majority of Directors are considered to be independent and Directors abstain 
from participating in discussion or voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest. Details 
regarding which Directors are considered independent and the length of their service are set out on Page 4 
of the Annual Report and in response to Recommendation 2.3 above.
P
2.5 Chair independent 
The role of Chairman is performed by Tim Poole, who in an Independent Non-Executive Director. The role of 
Managing Director & CEO is performed by Andrew Harding, who is an Executive Director.
Further details regarding the Directors are set out on Pages 4–5 of the Annual Report.
P
2.6 Induction 
and professional 
development
An induction process including appointment letters and ongoing education exists to promote early, active 
and relevant involvement of new and existing members of the Board.
In addition to peer review, interaction and networking with other Directors and industry leaders, Directors 
participate, from time to time, in Aurizon leadership forums and actively engage with Aurizon employees by 
visiting operational sites to gain an understanding of the Company’s operating environment.
During the year, Directors receive accounting policy updates, especially around the time the Board considers the 
half-year and full-year financial statements.
The Board also receives briefings periodically on relevant matters including legal, accounting, regulatory and 
technology developments.
Directors are encouraged and given the opportunity to broaden their knowledge of the business by visiting 
offices and sites in different locations. During the financial year, Directors made visits to operational sites across 
the Bulk, Coal, Containerised Freight and Network businesses in Queensland, New South Wales, South Australia, 
Western Australia and Northern Territory.
P
Corporate Governance Statement
(continued)
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
46

Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting lawfully, ethically and responsibly 
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
3.1 The values of 
the Company are 
articulated and 
disclosed
The Company has a clear set of core values. These core values are Safety, People, Integrity, Customer and 
Excellence. A description of these values is set out in the Company’s Code of Conduct and the Company’s 
Annual Report. The Company’s values, their articulation and their acknowledgement are embedded in all 
meetings of the Board, Board Committees and the Managing Director & CEO’s Executive meetings, and form part 
of the performance and remuneration framework of the Company.
P
3.2 Code of Conduct
The Board has a Code of Conduct for its Directors, senior executives and employees, a copy of which is 
available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au. The Company’s Code of Conduct 
forms part of the induction of Directors as well as new employees. The code is reviewed periodically by the 
Board. The Board is informed of any material breaches of the code either through the whistleblower reports 
or the governance reports that are presented from time to time to the Company’s Audit, Governance & Risk 
Management Committee.
P
3.3 Whistleblower 
Policy
The Company has a Whistleblower Policy which supports the Company’s values and Code of Conduct. The policy 
outlines how employees, contractors and suppliers can report concerns of improper conduct connected to 
Aurizon and is available to view in the Governance section at www.aurizon.com.au.
The Head of Risk and Assurance coordinates or manages the investigation process for any matters reported 
under the policy. The Board, through the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee, receives regular 
reporting and reviews the progress and outcomes of investigations of all matters reported under the policy.
P
3.4 Anti-Bribery 
and Anti-Corruption 
Policy
The Company has a firm commitment to conducting its business operations lawfully, ethically and fairly and has 
an Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy which supports the Company’s values. The policy is available to view 
in the Governance section at www.aurizon.com.au.
Breaches of the policy are required to be reported to the Head of Risk and Assurance. The Board, through the 
Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee reviews the progress and outcomes of investigations for any 
matters reported under this policy.
P
Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity of corporate reports	
 
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
4.1 Audit Committee 
The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee comprises four members, all of whom are Independent  
Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee, 
including the names and qualifications of the Committee members, are set out on Pages 4–5 of the Annual Report.
In addition to the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee members, the Managing Director & CEO, 
CFO, Head of Risk & Assurance, external auditors and each Company Secretary attend the Audit, Governance 
& Risk Management Committee meetings.
The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Audit, Governance & Risk Management 
Committee during the financial year are set out on Page 8 of the Annual Report.
The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on 
matters including the Company’s financial and governance reporting processes, the governance and risk policies 
and frameworks of the Company, the internal and external audit functions, risk and control culture and the  
control environment. 
The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee Charter is reviewed annually and is available on the 
Company’s website aurizon.com.au. Among other things, the Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee 
reviews the processes that validate the Directors' Report and the Annual Report. The Board, as a whole, has 
oversight of other corporate reporting, such as investor presentations prepared for full-year and half-year  
results briefings or at other times.
P
4.2 CEO and CFO  
certification of 
financial statements
The Board has obtained a written assurance from the Managing Director & CEO and CFO that the declaration 
provided under Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (and for the purposes of Recommendation 4.2)  
is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating  
effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting and material business risks.
P
Corporate Governance Statement
47

Corporate Governance Statement
(continued)
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
4.3 Disclose 
processes to verify 
the integrity of 
periodic corporate 
reports released to 
the market
The periodic corporate reports, being the half-year and full-year financial statements, including the Company’s 
Annual Report, are underpinned by a certification process whereby each Group Executive and finance partner 
for each Business Unit responds to set questionnaires and signs a certification. This process provides verification 
and sign off for the Managing Director & CEO and CFO, followed by a signed representation letter to the external 
auditors and a signed declaration to the Board that supports that the accounts provide a true and fair view, that 
there is integrity in the statements, and that the financial statements comply with the Corporations Act 2001 and 
relevant Accounting standards. The certification process is reviewed annually with the view that it remains current 
having regard to any changes in the Corporations Act 2001, accounting standards or governance. 
For other types of periodic corporate reports (including the annual Directors’ Report and the Annual Results 
Presentation), the Company conducts an internal review and verification process to ensure that such reports are 
materially accurate, balanced and provide investors with appropriate information. Where applicable, the relevant 
reports will be approved in accordance with the Company's Disclosure and Communication Policy.
The annual Sustainability Report draws upon information that is substantiated by respective Business Units 
through existing verification processes as described above, and undergoes an internal review process. In addition, 
Aurizon’s greenhouse gas emissions data (Scope 1, 2 and 3) provided in the Sustainability Report also undergoes 
an external, independent assurance process. A statement of limited assurance is provided in the annual 
Sustainability Report.
P
Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure	  
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
5.1 Disclosure and 
Communications 
Policy
Aurizon has a Disclosure & Communications Policy which sets out the processes and practices to ensure 
compliance with the continuous disclosure requirements under the ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations 
Act 2001.
Aurizon has guidelines to assist officers and employees of the Company comply with the Company’s Disclosure 
& Communications Policy. A copy of the policy is available on the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
P
5.2 Material Market 
Announcements
The Board receives a copy of all announcements under Listing Rule 3.1 immediately prior to those announcements 
being made to the ASX (noting that the Board may not approve or authorise all announcements made to the 
ASX).
P
5.3 New and 
substantive 
investor or analyst 
presentation materials 
to be released to the 
ASX ahead of the 
presentation
Aurizon releases new and substantive presentations to the ASX prior to them being presented. This will typically 
occur at the half-year and full-year results briefings, prior to the Annual General Meeting and when an investor  
day is held.
Where practicable, shareholders are provided with the opportunity to participate in such presentations, 
for example by providing dial-in details.
P
Principle 6: Respect the rights of security holders	  
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
6.1 Information  
on website 
Aurizon keeps investors informed of its corporate governance, financial performance and prospects via 
announcements to the ASX and the Company’s website. Investors can access copies of all announcements 
to the ASX, notices of meetings, annual reports, investor presentations, webcasts and/or transcripts of those 
presentations and a key event calendar via the ‘Investors’ tab. Investors can access general information regarding 
the Company and the structure of its business under the ‘Company’, ‘What we do’ and ‘Sustainability’ tabs.
P
6.2 Investor relations 
programs
Aurizon conducts regular market briefings including in relation to its half-year and full-year results 
announcements, holds investor days and site visits, and attends regional and industry-specific conferences in 
order to facilitate effective two-way communication with investors and other financial markets participants. 
Access to senior executives and operational management is provided to investors and analysts at these events, 
with separate one-on-one or group meetings offered whenever possible. The presentation material provided at 
these events is sent to the ASX prior to commencement and subsequently posted on the ‘Investors’ tab on the 
Company’s website, including the webcast and transcript if applicable.
P
6.3 Facilitate 
and encourage 
participation at 
meetings of  
security holders
Aurizon uses technology to facilitate the participation of security holders in meetings including webcasting 
of the Annual General Meeting (AGM). 
In 2024, the Company will host a hybrid AGM in Brisbane, Queensland giving security holders (or their proxies 
or representatives) the opportunity to attend, comment and ask questions, and vote either online or in person.
P
6.4 Resolutions 
decided by Poll
Shareholders are encouraged to participate and are given an opportunity to ask questions of the Company and 
its auditor at the AGM. All resolutions put to shareholders at the Company’s AGM are determined by Poll.
P
6.5 Option to receive 
communications 
electronically
Aurizon provides shareholders the option to receive communications from, and send communications to, 
the Company and the share registry electronically.
P
Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity of corporate reports (continued)	
 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
48

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk	
 
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
7.1 Risk Committee 
Aurizon’s Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee oversees the process for identifying and managing  
material risks faced by the Company in accordance with the Aurizon Enterprise Risk Management Framework 
and Appetite, and undertakes the functions of a risk committee as set out in the ASX Principles and 
Recommendations.
Further details regarding the Committee, its membership, charter and the number of meetings held during the 
financial year and attendance at those meetings, are set out in response to Recommendation 4.1 and on Page 8  
of the Annual Report.
P
7.2 Annual risk review 
The Board reviews Aurizon’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework and Appetite at least annually to approve 
updates, where required. In FY2024 the Board considered, reviewed and approved minor changes to the 
Enterprise Risk Management Framework and Appetite. The Audit, Governance & Risk Management Committee 
also monitors management’s performance against the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and Appetite, 
including whether it is operating within the risk appetite set by the Board. The Executive Committee regularly 
reviews and updates the enterprise risk profile to satisfy itself that Aurizon is operating with due regard to the 
risk appetite set by the Board. The Company’s Risk and Assurance Function is responsible for providing oversight 
of the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and Appetite and assurance on the management of significant 
risks to the Managing Director & CEO and the Board.
P
7.3 Internal audit 
The Company has an Assurance (internal audit) function that operates under a Board-approved Internal 
Audit Charter.
The Assurance function is independent of management and the external auditor and is overseen by the Audit, 
Governance & Risk Management Committee. In accordance with the Committee Charter, the Committee’s role 
includes making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment or removal of the Head of Risk 
& Assurance.
The Head of Risk & Assurance provides ongoing Assurance reports to the Audit, Governance & Risk Management 
Committee, as well as an annual assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s control 
processes and risk management procedures.
P
7.4 Sustainability risks
Aurizon discloses material exposures to environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks and associated risk 
management strategies through our annual Sustainability Report. During FY2024, the Company published its 
tenth Sustainability Report. A copy of this report is available in the Sustainability section of the Company’s 
website aurizon.com.au.
Aurizon’s 2024 Sustainability Report will be published in October 2024. This will be the eighth reporting period 
in which Aurizon incorporates recommendations from the Financial Stability Board’s (FSB) Final Report: 
Recommendation of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), released in June 2017.
In FY2021, Aurizon published its inaugural Climate Strategy and Action Plan which consolidated Aurizon’s 
position on climate change underpinned by long-term strategies, actions and targets to mitigate climate risk and 
leverage emerging opportunities.
A copy of the Company’s Climate Strategy and Action Plan is available in the Sustainability section of the 
Company’s website.
Aurizon commits to supporting and respecting the protection of internationally proclaimed human rights, as set 
out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. As outlined in our Human Rights Policy, Aurizon understands 
its responsibility to respect human rights and has committed to providing transparency on any risks that exist 
in the Company’s operations and supply chain. In accordance with legislation, the Company publishes an annual 
Modern Slavery Statement, which describes the modern slavery risks associated with its business activities and 
actions taken to assess and address those risks. The Company’s FY2024 statement will be its fifth statement.  
A copy of the Modern Slavery Statement is available in the Sustainability section of the Company’s website. 
P
Corporate Governance Statement 49

Corporate Governance Statement
(continued)
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly 	
 
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
8.1 Remuneration Committee
Aurizon’s remuneration function is performed by the Remuneration and People Committee, comprising  
three members, all of whom are Independent Non-Executive Directors. Details of the membership of 
the Remuneration and People Committee, including the names and qualifications of the Committee 
members, are set out on Pages 4—5 of the Annual Report.
The number of meetings held and attended by each member of the Remuneration and People Committee  
during the financial year are set out on Page 8 of the Annual Report.
The Remuneration and People Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the remuneration 
policies and practices for Board members and senior executives (including the MD & CEO), as well as 
the Company’s remuneration strategy and incentive programs, and the Company’s people, diversity and 
inclusion policies and practices. 
During FY2024, the Remuneration and People Committee undertook its usual practices and activities 
in regard to remuneration and performance, and continued to have a focus on broader people-related 
priorities and initiatives. 
The Charter governing the conduct of the Remuneration and People Committee is reviewed annually 
and is available in the Governance section of the Company’s website aurizon.com.au.
P
8.2 Disclosure of Executive 
and Non‑Executive Director 
remuneration policy
The Company seeks to attract and retain high-performing Directors and senior executives with 
appropriate skills, qualifications and experience to add value to the Company and fulfil the roles 
and responsibilities required.
It reviews requirements for additional capabilities at least annually.
Executive remuneration is to reflect performance and, accordingly, remuneration is structured with 
a fixed component and a performance-based component.
Non-Executive Directors are paid fixed fees for their services in accordance with the Company’s 
Constitution. The Chairman’s fee is inclusive of fees for Committee membership and the other  
Non-Executive Directors are paid a fixed base fee plus Committee fees, as applicable. Further detail 
is set out in the Remuneration Report on Page 39.
The Company has in place a Share Holding and Retention Policy which applies to Non-Executive 
Directors, the Managing Director & CEO and the direct reports of the Managing Director & CEO.
Further details regarding remuneration and share retention policies, and the remuneration of senior 
executives and Non-Executive Directors, are set out on Pages 28—42 of the Annual Report. The 
Company also has in place a Related Party Transaction Policy. The policy and disclosures under that 
policy are reviewed annually by the Board. During the year, there were no agreements entered for the 
provision of consulting or similar services by a Director or senior executive, or by a related party of a 
Director or senior executive.
P
8.3 Policy on hedging equity 
incentive schemes
Aurizon’s Executives must not enter into any hedge arrangement in relation to any performance rights 
they may be granted or otherwise entitled to under an incentive scheme or plan, prior to exercising 
those rights or, once exercised, while the securities are subject to a transfer restriction.
For the purposes of this policy, hedging includes the entry into any transaction, arrangement or 
financial product which operates to limit the economic risk of a security holding in the Company and 
includes financial instruments such as equity swaps and contracts for differences. The term ‘Executive’ 
is broadly defined to include the Managing Director & CEO and the role’s direct reports and any other 
person entitled to participate in an Aurizon performance rights plan. Further details regarding the 
Company’s hedging policy are set out in the Company’s Securities Dealing Policy which is available on 
the Governance section of the website aurizon.com.au.
P
Principle 9: Additional recommendations
RECOMMENDATION
AURIZON’S COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS
9.1–9.3 Additional 
recommendations
Recommendations 9.1–9.3 of the ASX Principles and Recommendations do not apply to Aurizon, and did not at 
any stage during FY2024, and are therefore not relevant to the period.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
50

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement	
Page 52
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income	
Page 53
Consolidated balance sheet	
Page 54
Consolidated statement of changes in equity	
Page 55
Consolidated statement of cash flows	
Page 56
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
About this report	
Page 57
Significant judgements and estimates	
Page 57
Key events and transactions for the reporting period	
Page 57 
Results for  
the year
Operating assets  
and liabilities
Capital and 
financial risk 
management
Group  
structure
Other  
notes
Unrecognised  
items and events after 
reporting date
1.	 Segment 
information
2.	 Revenue
3.	 Expenses
4.	 Income tax
5.	 Earnings  
per share
6.	 Trade and other 
receivables
7.	 Inventories
8.	 Property, plant  
and equipment
9.	 Intangible assets
10.	Other assets
11.	 Trade and other 
payables
12.	 Provisions
13.	 Other liabilities
14.	Capital risk 
management
15.	 Dividends
16.	Equity
17.	 Borrowings
18.	Financial risk 
management
19.	Joint ventures
20.	Material 
subsidiaries
21.	 Parent entity 
disclosures
22.	Acquisition of 
businesses and 
interests in  
joint venture
23.	Discontinued 
operation
24.	Notes to the 
consolidated 
statement of  
cash flows
25.	Related party 
transactions
26.	Key Management 
Personnel
27.	Share-based 
payments
28.	Auditor’s 
remuneration
29.	New and amended 
standards
30.		Commitments  
and contingencies
31.	 Events occurring 
after the reporting 
period
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement	
Page 103
Signed reports
Directors’ declaration	
Page 104
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Aurizon Holdings Limited	
Page 105
ASX information
Non-IFRS Financial Information	
Page 110
Financial Report 
for the year ended 30 June 2024
Financial Report
51

Notes
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Revenue from continuing operations
2
3,841
3,511
Other income
3
–
Total revenue and other income
3,844
3,511
Employee benefits expense
3
(1,086)
(977)
Energy and fuel
(391)
(438)
Track access
(146)
(110)
Consumables
(582)
(539)
Depreciation and amortisation
3
(707)
(666)
Impairment losses
(1)
(13)
Other expenses
(15)
(56)
Share of net profit of investments accounted for using the equity method
1
1
Operating profit
917
713
Finance income
9
3
Finance expenses
3
(342)
(233)
Net finance costs
(333)
(230)
Profit before income tax
584
483
Income tax expense
4
(178)
(159)
Profit from continuing operations after tax
406
324
Loss from discontinued operations after tax
–
(48)
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited
406
276
 
Cents
 
Cents
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to the owners  
of Aurizon Holdings Limited
5
Basic earnings per share
22.1
17.6
Diluted earnings per share
22.0
17.6
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited
5
Basic earnings per share
22.1
15.0
Diluted earnings per share
22.0
15.0
The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2024
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
52

Notes
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Profit for the year
406
276
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges
16(b)
1
(13)
Income tax relating to changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
16(b)
–
4
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
16(b)
–
4
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
1
(5)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited
407
271
The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2024
Financial Report
53

Notes
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
49
92
Trade and other receivables
6
573
728
Inventories
7
250
237
Derivative financial instruments
18(a)
87
2
Current tax receivables
3
104
Other assets
10
29
30
Total current assets
991
1,193
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
6
8
–
Inventories
7
67
60
Derivative financial instruments
18(a)
42
119
Property, plant and equipment
8
10,153
9,945
Intangible assets
9
209
220
Other assets
10
69
86
Investments accounted for using the equity method
19
57
56
Total non-current assets
10,605
10,486
Total assets
11,596
11,679
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
11
416
362
Borrowings
17
954
566
Provisions
12
295
287
Other liabilities
13
61
95
Total current liabilities
1,726
1,310
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
17
3,943
4,576
Derivative financial instruments
18(a)
236
252
Deferred tax liabilities
4(c)
988
940
Provisions
12
47
52
Other liabilities
13
218
196
Total non-current liabilities
5,432
6,016
Total liabilities
7,158
7,326
Net assets
4,438
4,353
EQUITY
Contributed equity
16(a)
3,674
3,674
Reserves
16(b)
25
20
Retained earnings
739
659
Total equity
4,438
4,353
The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 30 June 2024
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
54

Attributable to the owners of Aurizon Holdings Limited
Notes
Contributed 
equity 
$m
Reserves 
$m
Retained 
earnings 
$m
Total equity 
$m
Balance at 1 July 2023
3,674
20
659
4,353
Profit for the year
–
–
406
406
Other comprehensive income
16(b)
–
1
–
1
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
1
406
407
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Dividends paid
15
–
–
(326)
(326)
Share-based payments
16(b)
–
4
–
4
–
4
(326)
(322)
Balance at 30 June 2024
3,674
25
739
4,438
Balance at 1 July 2022
3,674
26
712
4,412
Profit for the year
–
–
276
276
Other comprehensive income
16(b)
–
(5)
–
(5)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
(5)
276
271
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Dividends paid
15
–
–
(329)
(329)
Share-based payments
16(b)
–
(1)
–
(1)
–
(1)
(329)
(330)
Balance at 30 June 2023
3,674
20
659
4,353
The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2024
Financial Report
55

Notes
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)
4,268
3,766
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)
(2,642)
(2,557)
Interest received
8
3
Income taxes paid
(26)
(204)
Principal elements of lease receipts
8
7
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations
24
1,616
1,015
Net cash inflow from operating activities from discontinued operations
–
48
Net cash inflow from operating activities
1,616
1,063
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for business acquisitions (net of cash acquired) and investment in joint venture
22
–
(1,434)
Payments for property, plant and equipment
(801)
(743)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
6
6
Payments for intangibles
(22)
(15)
Interest paid on qualifying assets
3
(2)
(4)
Distributions from joint ventures
–
1
Net cash outflow from investing activities from continuing operations
(819)
(2,189)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities from discontinued operations
23(a)
125
(662)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(694)
(2,851)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
1,437
2,210
Repayment of borrowings
(1,695)
(360)
Payments of transaction costs related to borrowings
(12)
(15)
Principal elements of lease payments
(26)
(20)
Interest paid
(340)
(210)
Payments for shares acquired for share-based payments
(4)
(7)
Dividends paid to Company's shareholders
15
(326)
(329)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities from continuing operations
(966)
1,269
Net cash inflow from financing activities from discontinued operations
–
439
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
(966)
1,708
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
(169)
95
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations
125
(175)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
92
172
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
1
–
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year
49
92
The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 30 June 2024
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
56

About this report
Aurizon Holdings Limited (the Company) is a for-profit entity for the 
purpose of preparing this financial report and is domiciled in Australia. 
The consolidated financial report comprises the financial statements 
of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the 
Group or Aurizon).
The financial report is a general purpose financial report which:
	› has been prepared on the going concern basis of accounting;
	› has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
(AASB) and IFRS Accounting Standards issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB);
	› has been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified 
by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including 
derivative instruments) at fair value;
	› is presented in Australian dollars, which is the functional and 
presentation currency of the Company, with values rounded to the 
nearest $1,000,000 unless otherwise stated, in accordance with 
the ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191;
	› presents reclassified comparative information where required 
for consistency with current year presentation;
	› adopts all new and amended Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the AASB that are relevant to the operations 
of the Group and effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 
1 July 2023; and
	› has applied the Group accounting policies consistently to all 
periods presented.
The general purpose financial report for the Group for the year ended 
30 June 2024 (FY2024) has been authorised for issue in accordance 
with a resolution of the Directors on 12 August 2024.
Significant judgements and estimates
The preparation of the financial statements requires management 
to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies. 
It also requires the use of estimates and assumptions of assets, 
liabilities, income and expense.
The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity 
are set out below and in more detail in the related notes:
Note
Useful life of Network infrastructure assets
8
Useful lives of rollingstock
8
Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment
8
Impairment tests for goodwill
9
Other material accounting policies
Other material accounting policies that summarise the measurement  
basis used, and are relevant to an understanding of the  
financial statements, are provided throughout the notes to the  
financial statements.
The notes to the financial statements
The following notes include information which is material and relevant 
to the operations, financial position and performance of the Group. 
Information is considered material and relevant due to its size and 
nature or if the information:
	› is important for understanding the Group’s current period results;
	› provides an explanation of significant changes in the Group’s 
business — for example acquisitions or divestments; or
	› relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that are important 
to its future performance.
Key events and transactions for the reporting 
period
(a)	 Debt financing
Aurizon Operations Limited (via a wholly owned subsidiary 
Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd)
On 26 July 2023, Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd (Finance) settled the US 
Private Placement Notes (USPP) that included both USD and AUD 
tranches, totalling approximately $503 million (referred to as Finance 
USPP). The funds raised via the Finance USPP were allocated to repay 
the $350 million bridge facility that was utilised to purchase One Rail 
Australia, previously reduced from $650 million. The Finance USPP 
comprised several parts: a $50 million tranche maturing July 2033, 
another $50 million tranche maturing July 2034, a US$133 million 
tranche maturing July 2030, a US$70 million tranche maturing July 
2033, and a US$70 million tranche maturing July 2035. To convert the 
total US$273 million fixed rate debt issued in USD to AUD floating rate 
debt, cross-currency interest rate swaps were executed.
The facility limit of the Finance Syndicated Term Loan maturing 
July 2027 was reduced from $400 million to $200 million in 
February 2024, following the receipt of deferred consideration from 
the sale of One Rail Australia Holdings Limited (refer to (c) below 
for further details).
The Finance Bilateral Facility limit was reduced by $15 million to 
$540 million with a $65 million tranche maturing November 2023 being 
offset by a additional $50 million established in July 2023,  
which matures in July 2026.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024
Financial Report
57

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
Key events and transactions for the 
reporting period (continued)
(a)	 Debt financing (continued)
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (Network)
In December 2023, Network established a $500 million 
Syndicated Institutional Term Facility. The facility comprised several 
parts: a $115 million revolving tranche maturing December 2028, 
a $145 million term loan tranche maturing December 2028 and a  
$240 million term loan tranche maturing December 2029.
Network settled a $350 million fixed rate Medium-Term Note (referred 
to as Network AMTN 8) in March 2024 under its AMTN programme. 
Network AMTN 8 matures in September 2031. To convert fixed rate 
debt to floating, interest rate swaps were executed.
In May 2024, Network settled a ¥7 billion Private Placement, totalling 
approximately $68 million under its EMTN programme (referred to 
as Network EMTN 3). The Network EMTN 3 matures in May 2034. To 
convert the total ¥7 billion fixed rate debt issued to AUD floating rate 
debt, cross-currency interest rate swaps were executed.
Additionally, the Network Bilateral Facility limit was increased by 
$150 million to $1,240 million with three new $50 million tranches 
added. The new tranches include a term loan tranche maturing 
October 2028, a revolving tranche maturing October 2029 and another 
revolving tranche maturing October 2030.
Funding capacity added during the year was utilised to repay the 
$425 million Network AMTN 2 which matured in June 2024 and will 
be subsequently drawn upon, along with other pre-existing funding 
capacity, to repay the €500 million ($711 million equivalent) Network 
EMTN 1 maturing September 2024.
(b)	 Access revenue
2017 Access Undertaking (UT5)
The 2017 Access Undertaking (UT5) approved by the Queensland 
Competition Authority (QCA) on 19 December 2019 included a defined 
process for determining certain components of allowable revenue 
and the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), together the 
‘Reset Values’ to be reset at 1 July 2023 (Preliminary Reset Values)  
and 1 July 2024 (Final Reset Values). On 25 May 2023, the QCA 
approved the Preliminary Reset Values, including a WACC of 8.18% 
(applying a risk-free rate of 3.47% and a debt risk premium of 2.60%), 
which has been incorporated into reference tariffs for FY2024.
On 19 October 2023, the QCA approved the Final Reset Values, 
including a WACC of 8.51% (applying a risk-free rate of 3.87% and 
a debt risk premium of 2.48%), to be incorporated into the reference 
tariffs for the period 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2027 (the conclusion of 
the UT5 regulatory period). The difference between the Preliminary 
Reset Values of 8.18%, used for the FY2024 reference tariffs, and the 
Final Reset Values of 8.51% will be reconciled through the FY2024 
Revenue Adjustment Amount and reflected in the reference tariffs 
and related revenue for FY2026.
(c)	 Disposals
One Rail Australia Holdings Limited (ORAH)
The Group completed the sale of ORAH to Magnetic Rail Group Pty 
Ltd (Magnetic) on 17 February 2023 for consideration of $438 million. 
The total consideration included $313 million cash proceeds received 
on completion of the sale and $125 million cash proceeds received 
on 16 February 2024. On completion of the sale, Magnetic assumed 
ORAH’s existing borrowings of $474 million.
The cash proceeds received are classified in discontinued operations 
in the cash flow statement.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
58

In this section
Results for the year provides segment information and a breakdown of 
individual line items in the consolidated income statement that the Directors 
consider most relevant, including a summary of the accounting policies, 
judgements and estimates relevant to understanding these line items.
1.	 	
Segment information	
	
	
	
	
Page 60 
2.	 	
Revenue	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 63 
3.		
Expenses	 	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 65 
4.		
Income tax		
	
	
	
	
	
Page 65 
5.	 	
Earnings per share	 	
	
	
	
	
Page 68
Results for the year
Financial Report 59

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
1.	 Segment information
The Group determines and presents operating segments on a business 
unit structure basis, as this is how the results are reported internally 
and how the business is managed. The Managing Director & CEO and 
the Executive Committee (the chief operating decision-makers) assess 
the performance of the Group based on underlying earnings before net 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).
The following segment information has been presented for continuing 
operations only.
(a)	 Description of reportable segments
The following summary describes the operations of each reportable  
segment:
Network
This segment manages the provision of access to the Central 
Queensland Coal Network (CQCN) rail infrastructure and operation 
and maintenance of the network.
Coal
This segment provides transport of metallurgical and thermal coal from 
mines in Queensland and New South Wales to domestic customers and 
coal export terminals.
Bulk
This segment provides integrated supply chain services, including rail 
and road transportation, port services, and material handling for a 
range of mining, metal, industrial and agricultural customers throughout 
Australia. This segment also manages the Tarcoola-to-Darwin rail 
infrastructure, the intrastate rail freight network in South Australia, 
and containerised freight services between Adelaide and Darwin.
Other
This segment includes other Containerised Freight related to the 
National Interstate services, which is not considered a separate 
reportable segment, as well as other revenue and central costs not 
allocated such as Board, Managing Director & CEO, Company Secretary, 
strategy and investor relations.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
60

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
1.	 Segment information (continued)
(b)	 Segment information
The results of the reportable segments, as set out below, are measured on the same basis as the accounting policies described in the consolidated 
financial statements.
Network  
$m
Coal 
$m
Bulk 
$m
Other 
$m
Total Continuing 
Operations 
$m
30 June 2024
External revenue
Revenue from external customers
Services revenue
Track access
867
460
–
–
1,327
Freight transport
–
1,266
1,044
61
2,371
Other services
52
–
6
–
58
Other revenue
33
17
21
14
85
Total revenue from external customers
952
1,743
1,071
75
3,841
Internal revenue
Services revenue
Track access
473
–
–
–
473
Freight transport
–
–
16
–
16
Other services
10
–
7
–
17
Total internal revenue
483
–
23
–
506
Total external and internal revenue
1,435
1,743
1,094
75
4,347
Other income
–
–
2
1
3
Total revenue and other income
1,435
1,743
1,096
76
4,350
Internal revenue elimination
(506)
Consolidated revenue and other income
3,844
Continuing EBITDA (Underlying)
930
528
229
(63)
1,624
Depreciation and amortisation
(353)
(213)
(128)
(13)
(707)
Continuing EBIT (Underlying)
577
315
101
(76)
917
EBIT
917
Net finance costs
(333)
Profit before income tax from continuing operations
584
Financial Report
61

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
1.	 Segment information (continued)
(b)	 Segment information (continued)
Network  
$m
Coal 
$m
Bulk 
$m
Other 
$m
Total Continuing 
Operations 
$m
30 June 2023
External revenue
Revenue from external customers
Services revenue
Track access
849
350
–
–
1,199
Freight transport
–
1,175
1,018
6
2,199
Other services
34
–
6
–
40
Other revenue
38
6
16
13
73
Total revenue from external customers
921
1,531
1,040
19
3,511
Internal revenue
Services revenue
Track access
406
–
–
–
406
Freight transport
–
–
17
–
17
Other services
10
–
6
–
16
Total internal revenue
416
–
23
–
439
Total external and internal revenue
1,337
1,531
1,063
19
3,950
Other income
–
–
–
–
–
Total revenue and other income
1,337
1,531
1,063
19
3,950
Internal revenue elimination
(439)
Consolidated revenue and other income
3,511 
Continuing EBITDA (Underlying)
813
455
214
(54)
1,428
Depreciation and amortisation
(351)
(204)
(108)
(3)
(666)
Continuing EBIT (Underlying)
462
251
106
(57)
762
Significant items (Note 1(c))
(49)
EBIT
713 
Net finance costs
(230)
Profit before income tax from continuing operations
483 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
62

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
1.	 Segment information (continued)
(c)	 Significant items
The Group’s underlying results differ from the statutory results. 
The exclusion of certain items permits a more relevant analysis 
of the Group’s underlying performance on a comparative basis.
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Acquisition costs for One Rail Australia1
–
(49)
1 Acquisition costs have been expensed to profit or loss and classified  
in other expenses.
(d)	 Customer disclosure
The nature of the Group’s business is that it enters into long-term 
contracts with key customers. Two customers each contribute more 
than 10% of the Group’s total revenue as detailed below, and relate to 
the Coal and Network reportable segments:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
2024 
Credit 
Rating
2023 
Credit 
Rating
Customer 1
536
532
BBB+
BBB+
Customer 2
500
570
A-
A-
Total
1,036
1,102
2.	 Revenue
The Group recognises revenue primarily from the provision of 
freight haulage services across Australia and the provision of 
access to the CQCN, and the rail infrastructure in South Australia 
and the Northern Territory.
The Group derives the following types of revenue from the provision of 
services over time:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Services revenue 
Track access1
1,327
1,199
Freight transport
2,371
2,199
Other services
58
40
Other revenue2
85
73
Total revenue from continuing operations
3,841
3,511
1 Track access includes Take-or-Pay revenue of $4 million (2023: $59 million).
2 Other revenue includes revenue from customer-funded infrastructure 
and property leases.
(a)	 Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue is disaggregated by the Group’s reportable segments, refer 
to Note 1(b).
(b)	 Contract assets and liabilities
(i)	
Contract assets
The Group has recognised the following revenue-related contract 
assets:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Contract assets for freight transport
12
11
Non-current
Contract assets for freight transport
52
64
 
Contract assets primarily represent amounts paid to customers to 
secure new, or extensions to, existing customer contracts. These 
amounts are capitalised and amortised against revenue as the 
performance obligations are satisfied over time. No provision for 
impairment of contract assets has been recognised, refer to the 
accounting policy in Note 6 (2023: $nil).
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Within one year
12
11
Later than one year but not later than five years
37
45
Later than five years
15
19
64
75
(ii)	 Contract liabilities
The Group has recognised the following revenue-related contract 
liabilities:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Advances for freight transport
9
9
Advances for other services
25
55
34
64
Non-current
Advances for freight transport
8
10
Advances for other services
47
70
55
80
 
Contract liabilities primarily represent amounts received from customers 
as advances for external design and construction works and the 
provision of services under agreements for mine-specific infrastructure. 
These amounts are recognised in revenue either as volumes are 
delivered or on a straight line basis over the contract term, as 
performance obligations are satisfied over time.
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Within one year
34
64
Later than one year but not later than five years
44
61
Later than five years
11
19
89
144
 
The decrease in contract liabilities represents revenue recognised for the 
provision of services under agreements for mine-specific infrastructure.
Financial Report 63

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
2.	 Revenue (continued)
(b)	 Contract assets and liabilities (continued)
(iii)	 Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities
The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the 
current reporting period relates to carried-forward contract liabilities.
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Revenue recognised that was included 
in the contract liability balance at the 
beginning of the year
Advances for freight transport
9
3
Advances for other services
55
42 
64
45 
(iv)	 Unsatisfied performance obligations
The Group has a number of long-term contracts to provide services to 
customers in future periods. Revenue in most contracts is recognised 
on an as-invoice basis because the right to consideration corresponds 
directly to the Group’s performance obligations completed to date.  
As a result the Group applies the practical expedient in AASB 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15), paragraph 121 and 
does not disclose information in respect of future contracted revenues 
for these contracts.
For the other contracts, future contract revenues relating to track 
access, freight transport and other services at 30 June 2024 are 
approximately $1,604 million (2023: $1,799 million), of which  
$439 million is expected to be recognised in FY2025. Amounts have 
been determined in FY2024 dollars and exclude variable revenue. 
As such, the future contract revenues described represent only part 
of the Group’s forecast revenues for FY2025 and beyond.
(c)	 Accounting policies
The Group recognises revenue as performance obligations are satisfied. 
Revenue includes the provision of track access and freight transport 
services as described below.
(i)	
Track access
Track access revenue is generated from the provision of access to, 
and operation of, the CQCN under an approved Access Undertaking. 
Track access revenue is recognised over time as access to the rail 
network is provided and is measured on a number of operating 
parameters including volumes hauled applied to regulator approved 
tariffs. The tariffs charged are determined with reference to the total 
allowable revenue, applied to the regulatory approved annual volume 
forecast for each rail system.
Where annual volumes railed are less than the regulatory forecast,  
Take-or-Pay may trigger. Take-or-Pay clauses in the contracts with 
customers enable Network to recover part of this shortfall where 
contractual railings were not achieved as a result of above rail operator 
cause, mine cancellations or port cancellations, rather than below rail 
cause. Take-or-Pay recognised is adjusted for Take-or-Pay revenue 
invoiced to Coal which is eliminated on consolidation. Take-or-Pay 
revenue is collected in the first half of the next reporting period.
Regulated access revenue is subject to a revenue cap mechanism 
that serves to ensure the rail network recovers its Allowable Revenue 
over the regulatory period. A revenue adjustment event results in the 
under or over recovery of regulatory access revenue (net of Take-or-
Pay revenue) for a financial year being recognised in the accounting 
revenues of the second financial year following the financial year in 
which the event occurred as per the Access Undertaking.
Access revenue for the financial year has been recognised based on the 
2017 Access Undertaking applying a WACC rate of 8.18% (2023: 6.30%). 
Refer to key events and transactions for further information.
(ii)	 Freight transport
Freight transport revenue is recognised as the relevant performance 
obligations are satisfied over time, being the provision of freight 
transport services. Freight transport revenue in Bulk, which relates 
to the integrated bulk rail haulage and general freight assets in South 
Australia and the Northern Territory, includes track access which is not 
separately invoiced to customers.
Freight transport revenue is billed monthly in arrears and recognised 
at rates specified in each contractual agreement, and adjusted for the 
amortisation of customer contract assets or contract liabilities. At each 
reporting date, freight transport revenue includes an amount of revenue 
for which performance obligations have been met under the respective 
contract, but have not yet settled. These amounts are recognised as 
trade receivables.
A contract modification is a separate contract if the scope of services 
is increased by distinct additional services and the total price increases 
by the market rate for those services over the remaining contract 
period. Where the additional distinct services are not at market rates 
and therefore the contract modification is not a separate contract, the 
weighted-average contract rates related to the remaining performance 
obligations are applied to recognise revenue. This may result in the 
recognition of a contract asset or liability that amortises over the term 
of the individual contract. Modifications to existing agreements where 
there is also a new agreement put in place are assessed based on the 
facts and substance of the individual contractual arrangements, and are 
accounted for as either combined or separate contracts.
A contract asset is recorded for revenue when the Group does not 
have an unconditional right to invoice the customer for performance 
obligations satisfied. A contract liability is recorded for revenue received 
in advance of satisfying a performance obligation and is recognised 
over the term of the contract.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
64

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
3.	 Expenses
Profit before income tax from continuing operations includes the 
following specific expenses:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Employee benefits expense
Salaries, wages and allowances  
including on-costs
983
888
Defined contribution superannuation expense
98
84
Redundancies
5
5
1,086
977
Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation of property, plant  
and equipment
679
637
Amortisation of intangibles
28
29
707
666
Finance expenses
Interest and finance charges paid/payable
329
218
Interest paid on lease liability
10
6
Amortisation of capitalised borrowing costs
8
6
Hedge ineffectiveness1
(2)
8
Other
(1)
(1)
344
237
Capitalised interest paid on qualifying assets
(2)
(4)
342
233
1 Refer to the accounting policy in Note 18.
4.	 Income tax
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax recognised in 
profit or loss or directly in equity or other comprehensive income.
 
(a)	 Income tax expense
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current tax
127
47
Deferred tax
52
102
Current tax relating to prior periods
1
(8)
Deferred tax relating to prior periods
(2)
12
178
153
Income tax expense is attributable to:
Profit from continuing operations
178
159
Loss from discontinued operations
–
(6)
178
153
Deferred income tax expense included in 
income tax expense comprises:
Increase in deferred tax assets
(8)
(13)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities
58
127
50
114
(b)	 Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima 
facie tax payable
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Profit before income tax expense from  
continuing operations
584
483
Loss before income tax expense from 
discontinued operations
–
(54)
584
429
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2023: 30%)
175
129
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible 
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:
Non-deductible acquisition costs
–
9
Non-deductible sale and divestment costs
–
4
Non recognition of capital loss
–
5
Other
4
2
Adjustments for tax of prior periods
(1)
4
178
153
Financial Report 65

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
4.	 Income tax (continued)
(c)	 Deferred tax balances
The table below outlines the items which comprise the deferred tax balances:
Opening 
balance 
$m
Charged to 
income 
$m
Charged to 
equity 
$m
Acquisition of 
subsidiary1 
$m
Closing 
balance 
$m
2024
Deferred tax assets
Provisions and accruals
109
2
–
–
111
Contract liabilities
13
(9)
–
–
4
Financial instruments
34
–
–
–
34
Lease liabilities
40
16
–
–
56
Other items
15
(1)
2
–
16
Total deferred tax assets
211
8
2
–
221
Deferred tax liabilities
Inventories
(6)
(2)
–
–
(8)
Property, plant & equipment
(1,024)
(73)
–
–
(1,097)
Intangible assets
(32)
(1)
–
–
(33)
Financial instruments
(50)
(2)
–
–
(52)
Other items
(39)
20
–
–
(19)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(1,151)
(58)
–
–
(1,209)
Net deferred tax liabilities
(940)
(50)
2
–
(988)
2023
Deferred tax assets
Provisions and accruals
101
(1)
–
9
109
Contract liabilities
10
3
–
–
13
Financial instruments
17
13
4
–
34
Lease liabilities
37
(3)
–
6
40
Other items
12
1
–
2
15
Total deferred tax assets
177
13
4
17
211
Deferred tax liabilities
Inventories
(5)
(1)
–
–
(6)
Property, plant & equipment
(900)
(97)
–
(27)
(1,024)
Intangible assets
(29)
(3)
–
–
(32)
Financial instruments
(25)
(12)
–
(13)
(50)
Other items
(15)
(14)
–
(10)
(39)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(974)
(127)
–
(50)
(1,151)
Net deferred tax liabilities
(797)
(114)
4
(33)
(940)
1 Includes $23 million relating to the acquisition of One Rail Australia (refer to Note 22 for further information) and $10 million relating to the acquisition of the One Rail 
Australia Holdings Limited discontinued operation.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
66

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
4.	 Income tax (continued)
(d)	 Accounting policies
The tax position is calculated based on the tax rates and laws enacted 
or substantively enacted at the reporting date, in the relevant operating 
jurisdiction. The tax laws and accounting standards have different rules 
in respect of timing and recognition of income and expense, resulting 
in temporary differences (which reverse over time) and non-temporary 
differences (which do not reverse over time or are temporary 
differences that do not meet the recognition criteria under the 
accounting standards).
Income tax expense is calculated as the profit or loss before tax, 
multiplied by the applicable tax rate, and adjusted for non-temporary 
differences. Income tax expense includes a current tax and deferred 
tax component and is recognised in the profit or loss, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised in equity or in other 
comprehensive income.
(i)	
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable for the period, and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of prior periods. Current tax 
includes both temporary differences and non-temporary differences.
The positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation are periodically 
evaluated and provisions are provided where appropriate based on 
amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a 
legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net 
basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
(ii)	 Deferred tax
Deferred tax represents taxes to be paid or deductions available in 
future income years and any adjustment to deferred tax amounts in 
respect of prior periods. Deferred tax is recognised on temporary 
differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities, and 
their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements, except:
	› when arising on the initial recognition of goodwill;
	› when arising from the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in 
a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects 
neither accounting or taxable profit; or
	› where it is not probable that future amounts will be available to utilise 
those temporary differences or carried-forward tax losses.
(iii)	 Offsetting deferred tax balances
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset and when the deferred tax balances relate 
to taxes levied by the same tax authority.
(iv)	 Tax consolidation legislation
The Company and its wholly owned Australian entities elected to form 
a tax consolidated group, and are taxed as a single entity. The head 
entity of the tax consolidated group is Aurizon Holdings Limited.
The Company and the entities in the tax consolidated group account 
for their own current and deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are 
measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to 
be a stand-alone taxpayer.
In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, the Company 
also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred 
tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits 
assumed from entities in the tax consolidated group.
The entities have entered into tax sharing and tax funding agreements. 
The tax funding agreement sets out the funding obligations of 
members of the tax consolidated group in respect of income tax 
amounts and requires payments to the Company equal to the current 
tax liability assumed by the Company. The Company is required to 
make payments equal to the current tax asset or deferred tax 
asset arising from unused tax losses and tax credits assumed from 
a subsidiary member. The tax funding arrangement results in the 
Company recognising a current inter-entity receivable or payable 
equal to the tax liability or tax asset assumed.
The tax sharing agreement limits the joint and several liability of the 
wholly owned entities in the case of a default by the Company.
(v)	 Pillar Two income taxes
The Group has applied the temporary exception to recognising  
and disclosing information relating to Pillar Two income taxes  
under AASB 112 Income Taxes, paragraphs 88A-88D. Tax laws 
implementing the Pillar Two Model Rules were enacted in the United 
Kingdom but were not in effect for the Group during the reporting 
period. Pillar Two income taxes are expected to apply to the Group 
in the United Kingdom from 1 July 2024, however Pillar Two taxes are 
not expected to be payable by the Group based on modelling which 
indicates that the Group’s effective tax rate in each relevant jurisdiction 
should exceed 15%. Transitional Country-by-Country Reporting safe 
harbours will be accessed where available.
Financial Report
67

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
5.	 Earnings per share
Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post-tax profit 
attributable to each share. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the 
profit attributable to the owners of the Company by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Diluted EPS 
is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners 
of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding after adjustment for the effects of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares.
2024 
Cents
2023 
Cents
Basic earnings per share
Continuing operations
22.1
17.6
Discontinued operations
–
(2.6)
22.1
15.0
Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations
22.0
17.6
Discontinued operations
–
(2.6)
22.0
15.0
Underlying basic earnings per share1
Continuing operations
22.1
19.9
Discontinued operations
–
1.9
22.1
21.8
Underlying diluted earnings per share1
Continuing operations
22.0
19.9
Discontinued operations
–
1.9
22.0
21.8
1 Underlying basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated using 
profit from continuing operations after tax of $406 million (2023: $324 million) 
less significant items, net of tax of $nil (2023: $43 million).
2024 
Number 
‘000
2023 
Number 
‘000
Weighted average number of ordinary 
shares for basic earnings per share
1,840,704
1,840,704
Dilution due to rights issued pursuant  
to performance rights plans
2,408
3,794
Weighted average number of ordinary 
shares for diluted earnings per share
1,843,112
1,844,498
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
68

In this section
Operating assets and liabilities provides information about the working capital 
of the Group and major balance sheet items, including the accounting policies, 
judgements and estimates relevant to understanding these items.
6.		
Trade and other receivables		
	
	
	
Page 70 
7.	 	
Inventories		
	
	
	
	
	
Page 70 
8.		
Property, plant and equipment	
	
	
	
Page 71 
9.		
Intangible assets	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 77 
10.	
Other assets	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 78 
11.		
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
	
Page 79 
12.		
Provisions	 	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 79 
13.		
Other liabilities	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 80
Operating assets  
and liabilities
Financial Report 69

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
6.	 Trade and other receivables
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Trade receivables
477
395
Provision for impairment
(7)
(2)
Net trade receivables
470
393
Other receivables1
103
335
573
728
Non-current
Other receivables
8
–
8
–
1  Other receivables includes revenue for services performed but not yet invoiced 
under contracts including Take-or-Pay of $4 million (2023: $59 million) 
and GAPE fees of $nil (2023: $33 million). FY2023 also included deferred 
consideration of $125 million in respect of the sale of One Rail Australia 
Holdings Limited that was received on 16 February 2024.
(a)	 Accounting policies
(i)	
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 
31 days and are therefore classified as current.
(ii)	 Provision for impairment
The collectability of trade and other receivables is reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Individual debts which are known to be uncollectable 
are written off when identified.
The Group recognises a provision for impairment based on expected 
lifetime losses of trade and other receivables. The amount of the 
provision for impairment is recognised in profit or loss in other expenses.
(b)	 Credit risks related to receivables
In assessing an appropriate provision for impairment of trade and other 
receivables, consideration is given to historical experience of bad debts, 
the aging of receivables, knowledge of debtor insolvency and individual 
account assessment.
Customer credit risk is managed in accordance with the procedures 
and controls set out in the Group’s credit risk management policy. 
Credit limits are established for all customers based on external and 
internal credit rating criteria. For some trade receivables, the Group may 
also obtain security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking 
or letter of credit, which can be called upon if the counterparty is in 
default under the terms of the agreement.
7.	 Inventories
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Raw materials and stores — at cost
259
246
Provision for inventory obsolescence
(11)
(11)
Other inventories
2
2
250
237
Non-current
Raw materials and stores — at cost
82
73
Provision for inventory obsolescence
(15)
(13)
67
60
(a)	 Accounting policies
Inventories include infrastructure and rollingstock items held in 
centralised stores, workshops and depots. Items expected to be 
consumed after more than 12 months are classified as non-current.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
The cost of individual items of inventory are determined using 
weighted average cost.
The Group recognises a provision for inventory obsolescence based 
on an assessment of damaged stock, slow-moving stock and stock 
that has become obsolete. The amount of the provision for inventory 
obsolescence is recognised in profit or loss in other expenses.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
70

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment
Assets under 
construction 
$m
Land 
$m
Buildings 
$m
Plant and 
equipment 
$m
Rollingstock 
$m
Infrastructure 
$m
Other leased 
assets 
$m
Total 
$m
2024
Opening net book amount
 297 
 232 
 219 
 351 
 2,442 
 6,303 
 101 
 9,945 
Additions
 828 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 86 
 914 
Transfers between asset classes
 (777)
 1 
 15 
 136 
 230 
 395 
 – 
 – 
Adjustments to leased assets
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (6)
 (6)
Disposals
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (3)
 (10)
 (6)
 (1)
 (20)
Depreciation
 – 
 (3)
 (12)
 (61)
 (215)
 (364)
 (24)
 (679)
Impairment
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1)
 – 
 – 
 (1)
Closing net book amount
 348 
 230 
 222 
 423 
 2,446 
 6,328 
 156 
 10,153 
At 30 June 2024
Cost
 348 
 235 
 490 
 929 
 6,196 
 10,174 
 223 
 18,595 
Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment
 – 
 (5)
 (268)
 (506)
 (3,750)
 (3,846)
 (67)  (8,442)
Net book amount
 348 
 230 
 222 
 423 
 2,446 
 6,328 
 156 
 10,153 
2023
Opening net book amount
 278 
 128 
 225 
 307 
 2,127 
 5,267 
 84 
 8,416 
Additions
 764 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 11 
 775 
Transfers between asset classes
 (782)
 28 
 4 
 83 
 292 
 375 
 – 
 – 
Acquisitions through business 
combinations (Note 22)
 37 
 78 
 4 
 16 
 227 
 1,026 
 21 
 1,409 
Disposals
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (3)
 (1)
 (5)
 – 
 (9)
Depreciation
 – 
 (2)
 (14)
 (52)
 (195)
 (359)
 (15)
 (637)
Impairment
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (8)
 (1)
 – 
 (9)
Closing net book amount
 297 
 232 
 219 
 351 
 2,442 
 6,303 
 101 
 9,945 
At 30 June 2023
Cost
 297 
 234 
 475 
 823 
 6,055 
 9,808 
 160 
 17,852 
Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment
 – 
 (2)
 (256)
 (472)
 (3,613)
 (3,505)
 (59)
 (7,907)
Net book amount
 297 
 232 
 219 
 351 
 2,442 
 6,303 
 101 
 9,945 
Financial Report
71

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Significant judgements and estimates
Useful life of Network infrastructure assets
The Group is the below rail operator and economic owner of the 
2,670km CQCN through a long-term lease. Network is responsible 
for the provision of access to, and operation of the regulated 
infrastructure assets which connect over 40 coal mines to five 
export terminals, as well as to domestic customers. The useful 
life of infrastructure assets is determined based on the expected 
engineering life, capped at the remaining term of the infrastructure 
lease. In adopting this basis, the Group assumes that the 
infrastructure assets will remain economically viable throughout the 
lease term to 2109 which, as explained further below, is dependent 
on the ongoing future supply and demand for Australian coal.
Around 70% of volume hauled across the CQCN is metallurgical 
coal which is primarily used to produce steel. Thermal coal, which 
is used as a heat source in energy generation, accounts for the 
remaining 30% of volume hauled. Metallurgical coal is expected 
to be in demand for longer than thermal coal. The useful life of 
Network infrastructure assets will be primarily impacted by the 
future supply and demand for Australian metallurgical coal rather 
than thermal coal.
As part of the Group’s Strategy in Uncertainty Framework, scenario 
analysis is used to test market drivers and evaluate capital, fleet and 
haulage opportunities, and sustainability in the context of climate 
change risks. A key component of this analysis is understanding the 
drivers of supply and demand for commodities transported over 
the short term as well as risks that emerge over the medium to long 
term. This analysis is extended over the lease term to 2109 where the 
timing and magnitude is less certain.
The future supply of Australian metallurgical coal is dependent 
on, amongst other things, government policies and the ability of 
customers to gain regulatory approvals and raise funding to support 
the development of their resource base. Demand for Australian 
metallurgical coal is dependent on seaborne-traded markets which 
are increasingly concentrated in Asia and linked to Asian steel 
production. Future demand is dependent on economic development 
in Asia including steel intensive growth, alternatives to steel and 
current steel production methods, technology advancements, 
competing supply of metallurgical coal, and changes in government 
policies including preference for domestic or imported coal and 
net-zero emission targets. Major import nations of Australian 
metallurgical coal with net-zero emissions targets include India 
(2070), Japan (2050), South Korea (2050) and China (2060).
Regulatory framework considerations
As the CQCN is a regulated asset, Network earns a Return of Capital 
as part of Allowable Revenue for each coal system under the QCA 
approved Access Undertaking. The Return of Capital compensates 
Network for depreciation of the Regulatory Asset Base (RAB) over 
QCA endorsed regulatory lives for individual asset classes which 
differ to the expected engineering life used for statutory reporting 
purposes. The QCA has also approved an accelerated depreciation 
profile for additions to the RAB from FY2010 onwards. As a result, 
at the commencement of each regulatory period, where an asset 
class has a remaining regulatory useful life:
	› higher than 20 years, RAB depreciation is based on a 20-year 
rolling life, which resets to 20 years each regulatory period
	› lower than 20 years, depreciation is calculated on a 
straight-line basis.
The accelerated depreciation profile adopted by the QCA increases 
the rate at which Network recovers the Return of Capital and 
increases Allowable Revenue in the near term.
The QCA approved economic life of the CQCN can be re-assessed 
at the commencement of each regulatory period and therefore 
the QCA approved economic life of the CQCN RAB is not 
an indicator that useful lives adopted for statutory reporting 
purposes should be revised.
The Group assumes the regulatory framework continues throughout 
the lease term.
Indicators
The key drivers for the future supply and demand for Australian 
metallurgical coal over the short term as well as risks that emerge 
over the medium to long term where the timing and magnitude is 
less certain are reviewed annually to assess the appropriateness of 
useful lives assigned to Network infrastructure assets. Indicators 
monitored include the following:
	› Australian Government policies and the ability of customers to gain 
regulatory approvals and raise funding to support the development 
of metallurgical coal reserves in the CQCN
	› the average remaining life of metallurgical coal mines in the CQCN
	› global crude steel production and the share of Australian 
metallurgical coal used in the process
	› the viability of new and alternative technologies that are developed 
to reduce emissions targets such as carbon capture, utilisation 
and storage (CCUS), and hydrogen-based steel making, that may 
positively or negatively impact future metallurgical coal demand
	› the average age of steel plants for end markets of Australian 
metallurgical coal
	› global supply competitiveness and Australia’s share of seaborne 
metallurgical coal supply
	› climate policy targets and how they are intended to be met at both 
a country and corporate level, including net-zero emissions targets 
set by major import nations of Australian coal.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
72

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Sensitivity
The indicators monitored are extended over the lease term where 
the timing and magnitude is less certain. Consequently, a change in 
indicators reviewed may result in a revision of useful lives assigned to 
the Network infrastructure assets in the future, resulting in a change 
in depreciation on a prospective basis. The graph below summarises 
the annual depreciation profile of the current written down value 
of Network infrastructure assets of $4,934 million (leased assets of 
$4,406 million and owned assets of $528 million) over the useful 
life applied for each class of assets described in Note 8(b)(i) and 
excludes future capital investments.
Figure 1 — Network infrastructure assets depreciation profile
Current Network Infrastructure Asset Profile
Financial Year
Carrying Amount $m
Annual Depreciation $m
2030
2040
2050 2060
2070 2080 2090
2100 2109
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
0
Depreciation
Carrying Amount
The Network infrastructure assets have a maximum useful life of  
85 years (ending FY2109). As an indication of sensitivity, the 
table below summarises the increase in annual depreciation if the 
maximum useful life of current Network infrastructure assets are 
reduced by 10, 20, 30 or 40 years.
Reduction in maximum  
useful life (years):
Increase in annual  
depreciation ($m p.a):
10
2
20
6
30
11
40
19
Useful lives of rollingstock	
The Group has approximately 600 active locomotives and 14,000 
wagons, including a mix of electric narrow gauge locomotives and 
standard and narrow gauge diesel locomotives and wagons. The 
useful life of rollingstock is determined based on the expected 
engineering life.
In adopting the expected engineering life of rollingstock, the Group 
monitors a range of indicators including:
	› the flexibility of fleet capacity
	› the risk of obsolescence as alternative technologies such as  
battery and hydrogen are developed
	› continuous improvement in fleet investment strategies such 
as those predicated on condition-based and preventative 
maintenance approaches, as well as advancements in component 
change-out models
	› competitors fleet mix and their associated investment 
profile over time.
There is a risk that the indicators monitored could positively or 
negatively impact the expected engineering life of rollingstock 
resulting in a change in depreciation on a prospective basis.
Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment
The Containerised Freight CGU, which is part of the Other operating 
segment, provides rail line haul services for customers in Australia’s 
growing interstate east-west (Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne to 
Perth) and north-south (Brisbane to Melbourne) containerised freight 
market. This includes the transport of vital supplies for communities 
across Australia, including retail and supermarket goods, 
perishables and refrigerated goods, machinery and equipment. The 
Containerised Freight CGU has a carrying amount of $318 million and 
primarily includes rollingstock, right-of-use assets (i.e. leased assets) 
and working capital.
The recoverable amount of the Containerised Freight CGU has been 
estimated on a fair value less costs of disposal basis. The estimate 
uses a 10-year cash flow projection based on a pipeline of known 
opportunities, an estimated cost of carbon for an Australian Carbon 
Credit Unit (ACCU), a long-term growth rate of 2.5% and a post-tax 
discount rate of 8.4%.
The recoverable amount of the CGU supports the carrying amount, 
therefore no impairment has been recognised. If the timing of 
future growth opportunities is delayed or forecast growth in 
volumes is not achieved, it may lead to a future impairment of the 
Containerised Freight CGU.
Financial Report
73

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
(a)	 Leases
Network and Bulk leased assets
The Group is the below rail operator and economic owner of more than 5,100km of rail infrastructure including the 2,670km CQCN and the 2,245km 
Tarcoola-to-Darwin railway line through long-term leases. The infrastructure and land leases include corridor land and buildings. The assets associated 
with the leases are classified in infrastructure, land, buildings and plant and equipment.
The following table summarises the infrastructure and land leases:
Leases
Lessee
Lessor
Term
Expiry
Rental  
Amount
Extension 
Option
Network leased assets
CQCN
Aurizon Network 
Pty Ltd
State of Queensland (land) and 
Queensland Treasury Holdings 
(infrastructure)
99 years
30 June  
2109
$1 if demanded
99 years1
Part of the North 
Coast Line
Aurizon Network 
Pty Ltd
State of Queensland (land) and 
Queensland Rail (infrastructure)
99 years
30 June  
2109
$1 if demanded
99 years1
Bulk leased assets
Tarcoola-to- 
Darwin
Aurizon Bulk 
Central Network 
Pty Ltd
The AustralAsia Railway 
Corporation, The Northern 
Territory of Australia and the 
State of South Australia
32 years3
14 January  
2054
$1 if demanded
None
Intrastate rail 
freight network 
in South Australia
Aurizon Bulk 
Central Pty Ltd
State of South Australia
25 years3
7 November  
2047
$1 per annum  
(rail corridor land) 
and commercial 
rent (balance 
of land)
15 years2
1  The State of Queensland and Queensland Rail have an option to extend the leases by a further 99 years. The extension option is on the same terms as the initial lease 
period. Notice must be provided at least 20 years prior to the expiry of the existing term. The extension option under the corridor land leases are dependent on the 
infrastructure lease extension being exercised and granted.
2 The Group has an option to extend the lease by a further 15 years. The extension option is on the same terms as the initial lease period. Notice must be provided at any 
time after the expiry of 40 years and before the expiry of 45 years after the commencement date of 7 November 1997. The extension option is dependent on the Group 
providing and undertaking to carry out a Renewal Investment Plan.
3 Remaining lease term from 29 July 2022, being the date of acquisition of the lessee company.
Other leased assets
The Group primarily leases buildings with terms mostly ranging from one to 30 years. The leases generally provide the Group with the right to 
renewal at which time the lease terms are renegotiated. The Group applies the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:
	› payments for short-term leases of less than 12 months are recognised as an expense in profit or loss as incurred; and
	› payments for leases for which the underlying asset is of a low value are recognised as an expense in profit or loss as incurred.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
74

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
(a)	 Leases (continued)
(i)	
Amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet
Property, plant and equipment includes the following amounts relating 
to leased assets:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Network leased assets
Network infrastructure
4,406
4,361
Corridor land
28
26
Buildings
1
1
4,435
4,388
Bulk leased assets
Bulk infrastructure
997
996
Land
64
66
Buildings
2
2
Plant and equipment
2
2
1,065
1,066
Other leased assets
Land
5
5
Buildings
124
83
Plant and equipment
8
7
Rollingstock
19
6
156
101
Total leased assets
5,656
5,555
 
The lease liabilities are significantly smaller than the value of leased 
assets as the majority of the leased assets were prepaid.
Other liabilities includes the following amounts relating to lease  
liabilities:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Lease liabilities
Current
25
20
Non-current
161
114
Total lease liabilities
186
134
(ii)	 Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement
The consolidated income statement includes the following amounts 
relating to leased assets:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Depreciation of Network  
and Bulk leased assets
Network leased assets
279
275
Bulk leased assets
39
34
318
309
Depreciation of other leased assets
Buildings
15
11
Plant and equipment
1
2
Rollingstock
8
2
24
15
Total leased assets depreciation
342
324
Interest expense
10
6
Expenses relating to short-term leases
1
1
Expenses relating to variable lease  
payments not included in lease liabilities
7
5
 
The total cash outflow for leases during the financial year was 
$44 million (2023: $31 million).
(b)	 Accounting policies
(i)	
Property, plant and equipment
Carrying amount	
	
Property, plant and equipment (including leased infrastructure, corridor 
land and buildings) is stated at historical cost, less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment. Costs include expenditure that is 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the items and borrowing 
costs that are related to the acquisition or construction of an asset. 
Costs may also include transfers from equity of any gains or losses on 
qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, 
plant and equipment.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or 
recognised as a separate asset only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group. 
All repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the 
financial period in which they are incurred.
Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis, except for motor 
vehicles included in plant and equipment for which depreciation is 
calculated on a diminishing value method. Straight-line allocates the 
cost of an item of property, plant and equipment net of residual values 
over the expected useful life of each asset. Estimates of remaining 
useful life and residual values are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, 
on an annual basis.
The useful lives applied for each class of assets are:
Range of useful lives (years)
Infrastructure, including:
Tracks
7–50
Track turnouts
20–25
Ballast
8–20
Civil works
20–99
Bridges
30–99
Electrification
20–50
Field signals
15–40
Buildings
10–40
Rollingstock, including:
Locomotives
25–35
Locomotives componentisation
8–12
Wagons
25–35
Wagons componentisation
10–17
Plant and equipment
3–20
 
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount.
Financial Report
75

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
8.	 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
(b)	 Accounting policies (continued)
(ii)	 Leases
An asset and a corresponding liability, except for where the lease is 
prepaid, are recognised at the date at which the asset is available for 
use by the Group. Where the Group is a sub-lessor and the sub-lease 
is for the duration of the head lease, the asset recognised from the head 
lease is derecognised and a lease receivable equal to the present value 
of future lease payments receivable is recognised.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a 
present-value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the 
following lease payments:
	› fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any 
lease incentives receivable;
	› variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate; and
	› payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term 
reflects the lessee exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to 
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a 
similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.
Other leased assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
	› the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
	› any lease payments made at or before the commencement date  
less any lease incentives received; and
	› any initial direct costs.
Other leased assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the 
asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the 
Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the asset 
is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.
(iii)	 Impairment tests for property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment subject to depreciation is reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
In testing for impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated for 
an individual asset or, if it is not possible to estimate the recoverable 
amount for the individual asset, the recoverable amount for the cash 
generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. CGUs are the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash flows that are 
largely independent from the cash flows of other assets or group of 
assets. Each CGU is no larger than a reportable segment.
Assets are impaired if their carrying amount exceeds their recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is determined as 
the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use.
An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss if the carrying amount 
of the asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment 
losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU (group of CGUs) 
and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the CGU 
(group of CGUs).
Where there is an indicator that previously recognised impairment 
losses may no longer exist or may have decreased, the asset is tested 
for impairment. The impairment loss is reversed if there has been a 
change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of 
the asset and is reversed only to the extent that the carrying amount 
of the asset does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment 
loss been recognised.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
76

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
9.	 Intangible assets
Goodwill 
$m
Software 
$m
Software under 
development 
$m
Total 
$m
2024
Opening net book amount
 50 
 153 
 17 
 220 
Additions
 – 
 – 
 17 
 17 
Transfers between asset classes
 – 
 19 
 (19)
 – 
Amortisation
 – 
 (28)
 – 
 (28)
Closing net book amount
 50 
 144 
 15 
 209 
At 30 June 2024
Cost
 50 
 452 
 15 
 517 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
 – 
 (308)
 – 
 (308)
Net book amount
 50 
 144 
 15 
 209 
2023
Opening net book amount
 27 
 143 
 39 
 209 
Additions
 – 
 – 
 17 
 17 
Transfers between asset classes
 – 
 39 
 (39)
 – 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 22)
 23 
 – 
 – 
 23 
Amortisation
 – 
 (29)
 – 
 (29)
Closing net book amount
 50 
 153 
 17 
 220 
At 30 June 2023
Cost
 50 
 452 
 17 
 519 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
 – 
 (299)
 – 
 (299)
Net book amount
 50 
 153 
 17 
 220 
(a)	 Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs identified according to the group of assets at the time of acquisition. The Group tests goodwill for 
impairment on at least an annual basis.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on the higher of fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations which require 
the use of assumptions. The calculations use cash flow projections extrapolated using the estimated growth rates. The cash flow projections are 
developed using the Group’s own information with benchmarking to external sources and are therefore Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy 
(unobservable market data).
The following table presents a summary of the goodwill allocation:
2024 
$m
20231 
$m
CGU
Bulk
50
50
1 The FY2023 Bulk CGU is comprised of $5 million Bulk QLD, $22 million Bulk NSW and $23 million Bulk Central.
Financial Report
77

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
9.	 Intangible assets (continued)
(a)	 Impairment tests for goodwill (continued)
Significant judgements and estimates
Impairment tests for goodwill
The Bulk reportable segment has historically been made up 
of several geographically centric CGUs, some of which have 
previously been impaired. The acquisition of Bulk Central in 
FY2023 accelerated the transformation of Bulk from a regionally 
based centric business, with operations largely in Western 
Australia, Queensland and New South Wales, to a national 
operation. This has led to changes in the operational and 
management structure and Bulk now makes decisions about 
the prioritisation of contracts, allocation of capital, and service/
solution design at a national level.
Bulk provides integrated supply chain services, including rail 
and road transportation, port services, and material handling for 
a range of mining, metal, industrial and agricultural customers 
throughout Australia. Bulk also manages the Tarcoola-to-
Darwin rail infrastructure, the intrastate rail freight network 
in South Australia, and containerised freight services between 
Adelaide and Darwin.
The Bulk reportable segment has been reassessed to be the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows 
that are largely independent of cash inflows from other assets or 
group of assets. As the prior period assessment was performed 
under different groupings, please refer to the FY2023 Annual 
Report for details on the calculations and assumptions applied.
The Bulk CGU has a carrying amount of $2,143 million (2023: 
$2,177 million) and primarily includes infrastructure, rollingstock, 
other property, plant and equipment, goodwill and working 
capital. The recoverable amount of the Bulk CGU has been 
determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal 
calculation. The estimate uses a 10-year cash flow projection 
based on a pipeline of known opportunities in the first four 
years and estimated volume growth rates between nil and 3.3% 
per annum in the later six years, an estimated cost of carbon 
for an ACCU, a long-term growth rate of 2.5% and a post-tax 
discount rate of 8.4%.
The recoverable amount of the CGU supports the carrying 
amount, therefore no impairment or impairment reversal has been 
recognised. If the timing of future growth opportunities is delayed 
or forecast growth in volumes is not achieved, it may lead to a 
future impairment of the Bulk CGU.
 
(b)	 Accounting policies
(i)	
Goodwill
The goodwill recognised by the Group is a result of business 
combinations and generally represents the future economic benefits 
that arise from assets that are not capable of being individually 
identified and separately recognised. Goodwill may also arise as a 
result of temporary differences recognised in a business combination. 
Goodwill is initially measured as the amount the Group paid to acquire 
a business over and above the fair value of net assets acquired.
(ii)	 Software
Costs incurred in developing products or systems, and costs incurred 
in acquiring software and licences that will contribute to future period 
financial benefits through revenue generation and/or cost reduction, 
are capitalised to software and systems. Costs capitalised include 
external direct costs of materials and services, employee costs and an 
appropriate portion of relevant overheads. Software development costs 
include only those costs directly attributable to the development phase, 
and are only recognised following completion of technical feasibility 
and where the Group has an intention and ability to use the asset.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements are service contracts which 
provide the right to access the cloud provider’s application software 
over the contract period. Costs incurred to configure or customise, 
and the ongoing licence fees, are recognised as an expense in profit 
or loss. Some of these costs incurred are for the development of 
software code that enhances or creates additional capability to existing 
systems and are recognised as an intangible asset when the recognition 
criteria are met.
Software is stated at historical cost, less any accumulated amortisation 
or impairment. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method 
over the estimated useful life which varies from three to 15 years.
10.	Other assets
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Contract assets (a)
12
11
Lease receivable (b)
5
8
Other current assets
12
11
29
30
Non-current
Contract assets (a)
52
64
Lease receivable (b)
17
22
69
86
 
(a)	 Contract assets
Refer to Note 2(b) for further information relating to contract assets.
(b)	 Lease receivable
Lease receivables represent the present value of future lease payments 
receivable on sub-lease arrangements where the expiry of the term 
of the sub-lease is the same as the head lease. The collectability of 
lease receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. No provision for 
impairment of lease receivables has been recognised, refer to the 
accounting policy in Note 6 (2023: $nil).
Minimum lease payments receivable on sub-leases are as follows:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Within one year
5
9
Later than one year but not later  
than five years
16
17
Later than five years
3
7
24
33
Less: Unearned interest income
(2)
(3)
Total lease receivables
22
30
Interest income relating to sub-lease 
arrangements
1
1
Income relating to variable lease  
payments received
10
11
 
The total cash inflow for sub-leases in the financial year was $19 million 
(2023: $20 million).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
78

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
11.	 Trade and other payables
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Trade payables
350
307
Other payables
66
55
416
362
 
(a)	 Accounting policies
Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services 
provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are 
unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 45 days 
or within the terms agreed with the supplier.
12.	 Provisions
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Employee benefits (a)
264
239
Self-insurance provision
31
47
Other provisions
–
1
295
287
Non-current
Employee benefits (a)
19
16
Self-insurance provision
14
12
Land rehabilitation
11
21
Make good
3
3
47
52
Total provisions
342
339
(a)	 Employee benefits
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Annual leave
89
85
Long service leave
129
123
Other
65
47
283
255
 
Long service leave includes all unconditional entitlements where 
employees have completed the required period of service and a 
provision for the probability that employees will reach the required 
period of service. The Group does not expect all employees to take the 
full amount of employee benefits or require payment within the next 12 
months based on past experience. The current provision for employee 
benefits includes $122 million (2023: $120 million) that is not expected 
to be taken or paid within the next 12 months.
(b)	 Accounting policies
A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that 
an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and 
the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are measured at 
the present value of the best estimate of the expenditure required to 
settle the present obligation at the reporting date.
(i)	
Employee benefits
The provision for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave, 
leave loading, retirement allowances, long service leave, short-term 
incentive plans and termination benefits. 
Liabilities for wages, salaries and accumulating non-monetary benefits 
expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date, are 
recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the 
reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be 
paid when the liabilities are settled.
Liabilities for annual leave and long service leave are measured as the 
present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting date. 
Expected future payments that are not expected to be settled within 
12 months are discounted using market yield at the reporting date of 
Australian corporate bond rates and reflects the terms to maturity. 
Remeasurements as a result of adjustments and changes in actuarial 
assumptions are recognised in profit or loss.
A liability for short-term incentive plans is recognised based on 
a formula that takes into consideration the Group and individual key 
performance indicators. The Group recognises a provision where 
contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.
A termination benefit is payable when the Group decides to terminate 
the employment, or when an employee accepts redundancy in 
exchange for these benefits. A provision is recognised at the earlier of 
when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits or 
when the Group recognises costs for restructuring and is measured 
using the present value of the expected amounts to be paid to settle 
the obligation.
Employee benefits are presented as current liabilities in the balance 
sheet if the Group does not have any unconditional right to defer 
settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting period, regardless 
of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.
(ii)	 Superannuation
Aurizon Holdings Limited and the following subsidiaries are members 
of the State Public Sector Superannuation Scheme (QSuper) multi-
employer defined benefit superannuation plan and are required to 
contribute a specific percentage of employee benefits expense to fund 
the retirement benefits of 418 employees (2023: 482):
	› Aurizon Operations Limited
	› Aurizon Network Pty Ltd
	› Australia Eastern Railroad Pty Ltd
	› Australia Western Railroad Pty Ltd
	› Aurizon Intermodal Pty Ltd
	› Interail Australia Pty Ltd
In accordance with the requirements of AASB 119 Employee Benefits, 
given the lack of sufficient information available, the plan is accounted 
for as if it were a defined contribution plan. Defined contribution 
superannuation expense in Note 3 includes $8 million (2023: $8 million) 
relating to the QSuper defined benefit plan.
(iii)	 Self-insurance provision
Self-insurance provision represents the estimated liability for general 
and property claims and workers’ compensation. The estimate 
is based on known claims and an allowance for Incurred But Not 
Reported claims.
Financial Report
79

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
12.	 Provisions (continued) 
(b)	 Accounting policies (continued)
(iv)	 Land rehabilitation and made good provisions
A provision is recognised for the present value of estimated costs 
of land rehabilitation and make good where the Group has a legal or 
constructive obligation to restore a site. The present value of estimated 
costs is calculated by inflating estimated costs at 2.8% (2023: 2.9%) and 
discounting at a weighted average discount rate of 4.6% (2023: 4.1%). 
The unwinding of the discount is recognised in profit or loss in finance 
costs and the movement in the provision is recognised in profit or loss 
in other expenses or through property, plant and equipment where 
these were recognised in the initial cost of the asset.
CQCN
The Group is the below rail operator and economic owner of the 
2,670km CQCN under long-term infrastructure and land leases as 
described in Note 8. The CQCN is required to be managed and 
maintained in accordance with good operating practice. At expiry 
of the long-term leases, the Group has the right, but not the obligation, 
to remove the infrastructure (or parts of it) by agreement with the 
lessor or to be paid the fair market value of the infrastructure that is 
not removed. Therefore, no land rehabilitation provision is recognised 
in respect of the CQCN.
Tarcoola-to-Darwin railway and intrastate rail freight network  
in South Australia
The Group is the below rail operator and economic owner of the 
2,245km Tarcoola-to-Darwin railway line and 215km of intrastate rail 
freight network in South Australia under long-term infrastructure 
(the Concession Deed) and land leases as described in Note 8. 
At expiry of the Concession Deed, the Tarcoola-to-Darwin railway is 
required to be returned in a condition which is capable of continued 
operations. The Concession Deed does not require the removal of 
track infrastructure or other property installed. At expiry of the land 
lease for the intrastate rail freight network in South Australia, the lessor 
may elect to acquire all or any part of the track infrastructure for fair 
market value. For any unacquired track infrastructure, the Group may 
remove that part of the track infrastructure or return it to the lessor. 
Therefore, no land rehabilitation provision is recognised in respect of 
the Tarcoola-to-Darwin railway or the intrastate rail freight network 
in South Australia.
13.	 Other liabilities
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current
Contract liabilities (a)
34
64
Lease liabilities (b)
25
20
Other current liabilities
2
11
61
95
Non-current
Contract liabilities (a)
55
80
Lease liabilities (b)
161
114
Other non-current liabilities
2
2
218
196
(a)	 Contract liabilities
Refer to Note 2(b) for further information relating to contract liabilities.
(b)	 Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments.
Minimum lease payments are as follows:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Within one year
35
26
Later than one year but not later  
than five years
117
77
Later than five years
103
78
255
181
Less: Discounted using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate
(69)
(47)
Total lease liabilities
186
134
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
80

In this section
Capital and financial risk management provides information about the capital 
management practices of the Group and shareholder returns for the year, 
and discusses the Group’s exposure to various financial risks, explains how 
these affect the Group’s financial position and performance, and what the 
Group does to manage these risks.
14.	
Capital risk management	
	
	
	
	
Page 82 
15.		
Dividends	 	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 82 
16.	
Equity	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 82 
17.		
Borrowings	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 84 
18.		
Financial risk management	 	
	
	
	
Page 85
Capital and financial  
risk management
Financial Report
81

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
14.	Capital risk management
The Group’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base so as to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence, and to sustain 
future development of the business. The Group monitors its capital 
structure by reference to gearing ratio, ability to generate free 
cash flow and credit rating.
Net debt consists of borrowings (both current and non-current) 
less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt excludes lease liabilities. 
Net gearing ratio is defined as Net debt divided by Net debt plus 
Equity. Net debt and Net gearing ratio are measures of the Group’s 
indebtedness and provides an indicator of the balance sheet strength.
Notes
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Total borrowings
17
4,897
5,142
Less: cash and cash equivalents
(49)
(92)
Net debt
4,848
5,050
Total equity
4,438
4,353 
Total capital
9,286
9,403 
Net gearing ratio
52.2%
53.7%
 
15.	 Dividends
Cents  
per share
$m
Declared and paid during the period
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Final dividend for 2023 (60% franked)
8.0
147
Interim dividend for 2024 (60% franked)
9.7 
179 
326
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Final dividend for 2022 (100% franked)
10.9
201
Interim dividend for 2023 (100% franked)
7.0 
128 
329
Proposed and unrecognised at period end
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Final dividend for 2024 (60% franked)
7.3
134
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Final dividend for 2023 (60% franked)
8.0
147
 
Franked dividends
Franking credits are available to shareholders of the Company at 
the 30% corporate tax rate. The franking credit account balance as 
at 30 June 2024 was $6 million (2023: $58 million). The balance of 
franking credits available as at the reporting date, adjusted for franking 
credit impact that arises from the refund of current tax receivables 
or the payment of current tax liabilities, is a surplus of $3 million  
(2023: deficit of $34 million).
16.	 Equity
(a)	 Contributed equity
(i)	
Issued capital	
Number 
of shares 
‘000
$m
At 1 July 2022
1,840,704
207
At 30 June 2023
1,840,704
207
At 30 June 2024
1,840,704
207
 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. The Company does not have 
authorised capital or par value in respect of its issued shares. All issued 
shares are fully paid. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in 
dividends, as declared from time to time, and are entitled to one vote 
per share at meetings of the Company. Where the Company purchases 
ordinary shares as a result of a share buy-back, the consideration paid, 
net of any related income tax benefits, is deducted from share capital 
and the ordinary shares are cancelled. 
 
(ii)	 Other contributed equity
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Balance at 1 July
3,467
3,467
Balance 30 June
3,467
3,467
 
Prior to the Initial Public Offering in 2010, the Queensland Government 
(the State) made an equity contribution to the Company. Certain share 
buy-backs and incremental costs attributable to share buy-backs have 
been deducted from the initial contribution. The capital distribution 
account is treated as share capital for tax purposes.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
82

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
16.	 Equity (continued)
(b)	 Reserves
Notes
Cash flow 
hedges 
$m
Share-based 
payments 
$m
Foreign currency 
translation 
$m
Total 
$m
Balance at 1 July 2023
9
8
3
20
Fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity
(1)
–
–
(1)
Fair value (gains)/losses transferred to property,  
plant and equipment
2
–
–
2
Other comprehensive income
1
–
–
1
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments expense
27
–
6
–
6
Purchase of shares for performance rights plans
–
(4)
–
(4)
Aggregate deferred tax debited/(credited) to equity
–
2
–
2
Balance at 30 June 2024
10
12
3
25
Balance at 1 July 2022 
 18 
 9 
 (1)
 26 
Fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity 
 26 
 – 
 – 
 26 
Fair value (gains)/losses transferred to property, plant 
and equipment 
 3 
 – 
 – 
 3 
Fair value (gains)/losses taken to profit or loss 
 (42)
 – 
 – 
 (42)
Tax expense/(benefit) relating to items of other 
comprehensive income
 4 
 – 
 – 
 4 
Other currency translation differences 
 – 
 – 
 4 
 4 
Other comprehensive income 
 (9)
 – 
 4 
 (5)
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Share-based payments expense 
 27 
 – 
 7 
 – 
 7 
Purchase of shares for performance rights plans 
 – 
 (7)
 – 
 (7)
Aggregate deferred tax debited/(credited) to equity 
 – 
 (1)
 – 
 (1)
Balance at 30 June 2023 
 9 
 8 
 3 
 20 
 
(i)	
Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedge transactions that have not yet occurred.
(ii)	 Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of rights recognised as an expense. Refer to Note 27 for further details  
of the Group’s performance rights plans.
The fair value of rights granted are recognised as an employee benefits expense in profit or loss, with a corresponding increase in the share-based 
payment reserve in equity, and is spread over the vesting period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the right.
Where the Company purchases ordinary shares to satisfy performance rights plans, the consideration paid is deducted from the share-based 
payment reserve.
(iii)	 Foreign currency translation reserve
On consolidation all exchange differences arising from translation of controlled entities with a financial currency that is not Australian dollars are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve. When a foreign operation is disposed of, 
or ceases, the cumulative amount recognised within the reserve relating to that foreign operation is transferred to profit or loss.
Financial Report 83

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
17.	 Borrowings
The Group borrows money through bank debt facilities and the 
issuance of debt securities in capital markets.
The carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings are as follows:	
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current — Unsecured 
Medium-Term Notes 
 799 
 427 
Bank debt facilities 
 155 
 139 
 954 
 566 
Non-current — Unsecured 
Medium-Term Notes 
 2,255 
 2,600 
US Private Placement Notes 
 791 
 305 
Syndicated Institutional Term Facility 
 385 
 – 
Bank debt facilities 
 525 
 1,680 
Other borrowings 
 6 
 6 
Capitalised borrowing costs 
 (19)
 (15)
 3,943 
 4,576 
Total borrowings 
 4,897 
 5,142 
 
The Group’s bank debt facilities and USPP contain financial covenants. 
The bank debt facilities, Medium-Term Notes, and USPP contain general 
undertakings including negative pledge clauses which restrict the 
amount of security that the Group can provide over assets in certain 
circumstances. The Group has complied with all required covenants 
and undertakings throughout the reporting period. At reporting date, 
the Group has a net current liability position of $735 million due to the 
classification of the Network Euro denominated Medium-Term Note 
(Network EMTN 1) with a notional amount of $711 million maturing 
September 2024 as a current liability. Pre-existing funding capacity, 
together with capacity added during the year will be used to repay the 
$711 million Network EMTN 1 maturing in September 2024.
The Group manages its exposure to interest rate risk as set out in Note 
18(a). Details of the Group’s financing arrangements and exposure to 
risks arising from borrowings are set out in Note 18(b)(i).
(a)	 Accounting policies
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value of the consideration 
received, less directly attributable borrowing costs. Borrowings 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method.
Directly attributable borrowing costs are capitalised and amortised 
over the expected term of the bank debt facilities, Medium-Term Notes, 
and Private Placement Notes.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, except for those liabilities 
where the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for 
at least 12 months after the reporting period which are classified as 
non-current liabilities.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
84

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management
Financial risks, including market risk, liquidity and funding risk and credit risk, are managed through policies that have been approved by 
the Board. The policies outline principles and procedures with respect to risk tolerance, delegated levels of authority on the type and use 
of derivative financial instruments, and the reporting of these exposures. The policies are subject to periodic reviews. The Group typically 
uses derivative financial instruments to hedge underlying exposures arising from operational activities relating to changes in foreign 
exchange rates and interest rates.
Aurizon Operations Limited (via a wholly owned subsidiary Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd) relies on an annually reviewed duration based hedging 
strategy to minimise any negative impact to its financial position that may arise as a result of movements in underlying interest rates.
Under the QCA approved regulatory regime, Network receives compensation for its cost of debt through the WACC. The risk-free rate 
and debt risk premium used to determine WACC are based on observed market data in the 20 business days prior to a WACC reset date. 
This interest rate risk is managed through the establishment of financial derivatives to fix the underlying interest rate of forecast debt 
over this period.
The Group’s overall financial risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse 
effects on the Group’s financial performance as set out in the table below:
Risk
Exposure
Mitigation
Market risks
— Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in respect 
to short and long-term borrowings where interest 
is charged at variable rates and to fair value interest 
rate risk on fixed rate borrowings.
The Group mitigates interest rate risk primarily by 
maintaining an appropriate mix of fixed and floating 
rate borrowings. Where necessary, the Group hedges 
interest rates using derivative financial instruments 
— interest rate swaps to manage cash flows and 
interest rate exposure.
— Interest rate and foreign 
exchange risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate and foreign 
currency exchange risk in respect of the Euro (€) 
and Japanese Yen (¥) denominated Medium-Term 
Notes (EMTNs) and US dollar (US$) denominated 
Private Placement Notes (USPP).
To mitigate the risk of adverse movements in interest 
rates and foreign exchange in respect of foreign 
currency denominated borrowings, the Group enters 
into cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) 
to replace foreign currency principal and interest 
payments with Australian dollar repayments.
— Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in 
respect of purchases of inventory and property, plant 
and equipment denominated in a foreign currency.
The Group manages foreign currency risk on 
contractual commitments by entering into forward 
exchange and swap contracts.
Liquidity and funding risk
The Group is exposed to liquidity and funding risk	
from	operations and borrowings, where the risk is 
that the Group may not be able to refinance debt 
obligations or meet other cash outflow obligations 
when required.
The Group mitigates liquidity and funding risk by 
ensuring a sufficient range of funds are available 
to meet its cash flow obligations when due under 
both normal and stressed conditions without 
incurring unacceptable losses or damage to the 
Group’s reputation.
Credit risk
The Group is exposed to credit risk from financial 
instrument contracts, trade and other receivables, 
contract assets and lease receivables. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk at reporting date is the carrying 
amount, net of any provisions for impairment.
The Group is permitted to enter into financial 
instrument contracts with high credit quality financial 
institutions with a minimum long-term credit rating 
of BBB+ or better by Standard & Poor’s. The Board 
approved policies set maximum individual counterparty 
credit limits based on long-term credit ratings.
The Group manages counterparty risk through 
approval, granting and renewal of credit limits, 
regularly monitoring exposures against credit limits, 
and assessing overall financial stability and strength 
of counterparties on an ongoing basis. Refer to Note 
6 for credit risk exposures relating to trade and other 
receivables, contract assets and lease receivables.
Financial Report 85

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued)
(a)	 Market risk
(i)	
Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk through foreign 
denominated borrowings and capital purchases. The exposure 
is mitigated through hedging 100% of foreign denominated 
borrowings for both principal and interest for the life of the debt. 
As at 30 June 2024 and 2023, these foreign currency risk exposures 
were 100% hedged through cross-currency interest rate swaps. The 
Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk for capital purchases is not 
considered to have a material impact.
The following sensitivity illustrates how a reasonable possible change in 
the US dollar, Euro or Japanese Yen would impact the financial results 
and position of the Group as at 30 June:
	› If the Australian dollar had changed by 10% against the US dollar, with 
all other variables held constant, the impact on equity would have 
been $15 million (2023: $6 million) and no impact on profit or loss.
	› If the Australian dollar had changed by 10% against the Euro, with all 
other variables held constant, the impact on equity would have been 
$5 million (2023: $8 million) and no impact on profit or loss.
	› If the Australian dollar had changed by 10% against the Japanese Yen, 
with all other variables held constant, the impact on equity would 
have been $1 million (2023: $nil) and no impact on profit or loss.
(ii)	 Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through variable bank debt 
and fixed rate debt that has been swapped to variable through interest 
rates swaps, refer to Note 18(b)(i) for details on the Group’s financing 
arrangements. The table below represents the Group’s total variable 
rate exposure notional amount and the interest rate swaps outstanding 
at 30 June to convert variable interest payments to fixed:
Balance 
$m
2024
Variable rate exposure
5,039
Interest rate swaps (notional amount)
(4,450)
Net exposure to interest rate risk
589
2023
Variable rate exposure
4,871
Interest rate swaps (notional amount)
(4,025)
Net exposure to interest rate risk
	
846
 
The Group’s weighted average interest rate is 6.2% (2023: 4.0%) on 
its variable rate exposure. The Group currently has interest rate swaps 
in place to cover 88% (2023: 83%) of the variable rate exposure at 
a weighted average interest rate of 3.8% (2023: 1.2%). The weighted 
average maturity of interest rate swaps is 2.9 years (2023: 4.4 years).
The following sensitivity illustrates the gain/(loss) impact of a 100 
basis points (bps) increase or decrease in interest rates with all other 
variables held constant:
	› Net profit would decrease by $6 million (2023: decrease by 
$4 million) with a 100-bps increase in interest rate or increase by 
$6 million (2023: increase by $4 million) with a 100 bps decrease in 
interest rates; and
	› Equity reserves would increase by $117 million (2023: increase by 
$140 million) with a 100-bps increase in interest rate or decrease by 
$120 million (2023: decrease by $149 million) with a 100 bps decrease 
in interest rates.
(iii)	 Effects of hedge accounting
The table below summarises the hedging instruments used to 
manage market risk:
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current assets
Foreign exchange contracts
–
2
CCIRS
87
–
87
2
Non-current assets
Interest rate swaps
42
41
CCIRS
–
78
42
119
Total derivative financial instrument assets
129
121
Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swaps
180
201
CCIRS
56
51
Total derivative financial instrument liabilities
236
252
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
86

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued)
(a)	 Market risk (continued)
(iii)	 Effects of hedge accounting (continued)
The following table summarises the hedging instruments and hedged items designated in hedging relationships.
Cash flow hedge
Fair value hedge
Foreign 
exchange 
contracts1
Pay Fixed  
AUD interest 
rate swaps2
CCIRS4
Receive Fixed  
AUD interest  
rate swaps3
CCIRS4
Capital 
purchases 
$m
AUD  
Floating 
rate debt 
$m
EUR, USD & 
JPY Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
AUD  
Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
EUR, USD & 
JPY Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
Total 
$m
2024
Notional amount
22
4,450
2,155
1,768
2,155
–
Carrying amount assets/(liabilities)  
of hedging instruments
–
42
(32)
(180)
63
(107)
At 30 June 2024
Cumulative fair value adjustment on hedged item5
–
–
–
181
(57)
124
Carrying amount of borrowings subject  
to fair value hedges
–
–
–
(1,587)
(2,212)
(3,799)
Cumulative balance deferred in cash flow  
hedge reserve (before tax)6
–
(40)
26
–
–
(14)
During the year recognised
Gain/(loss) on change in fair value of the hedging 
instrument for effectiveness testing
(2)
2
1
20
3
24
Gain/(loss) on change in fair value of the hedged 
item
2
(1)
(3)
(20)
–
(22)
(Gain)/loss on change in the value of the hedging 
instrument recognised in other comprehensive 
income (before tax)
(2)
–
3
–
–
1
Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss
–
(1)
2
–
(3)
(2)
Amounts recognised in profit or loss for 
discontinued hedges
–
(1)
–
–
–
(1)
1  Foreign exchange contracts are designated in cash flow hedges that are hedging anticipated purchases of property, plant and equipment. The weighted average 
exchange rate of outstanding foreign exchange contracts are AUD:USD 0.6740 and AUD:EUR 0.6089.
2 Interest rate swaps are designated in a hedge relationship against a portion of the outstanding debt balances up to the notional amount of the swaps. The interest rate 
swaps have a weighted average pay fixed leg of 3.83% and a receive floating leg of BBSW.
3 Interest rate swaps are designated to be in a 100% hedge relationship against the identified fixed rate borrowings. The interest rate swaps have a weighted average pay 
floating leg of BBSW + 2.12% spread and a receive fixed leg of 4.22%.
4 CCIRS are split designated in cash flow hedge and fair value hedge relationships. CCIRS have a weighted average receive fixed EUR rate leg of 2.56% and pay floating 
AUD leg of BBSW + 2.93%, a weighted average receive fixed USD rate leg of 6.72% and pay floating AUD leg of BBSW + 3.61% spread and a weighted average receive 
fixed JPY rate leg of 2.00% and pay floating AUD leg of BBSW + 2.05% spread.
5 The cumulative fair value adjustment is included in borrowings.
6 Cash flow hedge reserve includes the cumulative impact of cross-currency basis recognised as cost of hedging of $9 million.
Financial Report
87

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued)
(a)	 Market risk (continued)
(iii)	 Effects of hedge accounting (continued)
Cash flow hedge
Fair value hedge
Foreign 
exchange 
contracts1
Pay Fixed  
AUD interest 
rate swaps2
CCIRS4
Receive Fixed  
AUD interest  
rate swaps3
CCIRS4
Capital 
purchases 
$m
AUD  
Floating 
rate debt 
$m
EUR & USD 
Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
AUD  
Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
EUR & USD 
Fixed 
rate debt 
$m
Total 
$m
2023
Notional amount
97
4,4507
1,684
1,418
1,684
–
Carrying amount assets/(liabilities)  
of hedging instruments
2
40
(33)
(200)
60
(131)
At 30 June 2023
Cumulative fair value adjustment on hedged item5
–
–
–
201
(59)
142
Carrying amount of borrowings subject  
to fair value hedges
–
–
–
(1,167)
(1,743)
(2,910)
Cumulative balance deferred in cash flow  
hedge reserve (before tax)6
(2)
(39)
29
–
–
(12)
During the year recognised
Gain/(loss) on change in fair value of the hedging 
instrument for effectiveness testing
–
(2)
(12)
(5)
73
54
Gain/(loss) on change in fair value of the hedged 
item
–
2
11
(2)
(73)
(62)
(Gain)/loss on change in the value of the hedging 
instrument recognised in other comprehensive 
income (before tax)
–
(2)
(11)
–
–
(13)
Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss
–
–
1
7
–
8
1	 Foreign exchange contracts are designated in cash flow hedges that are hedging anticipated purchases of property, plant and equipment. The weighted average 
exchange rate of outstanding foreign exchange contracts are AUD:USD 0.6734 and AUD:USD 0.6129.
2	 Interest rate swaps are designated in a hedge relationship against a portion of the outstanding debt balances up to the notional amount of the swaps. The interest rate 
swaps have a weighted average pay fixed leg of 3.86% and a receive floating leg of BBSW.
3	 Interest rate swaps are designated to be in a 100% hedge relationship against the identified fixed rate borrowings. The interest rate swaps have a weighted average pay 
floating leg of BBSW + 2.12% spread and a receive fixed leg of 3.75%.
4	 CCIRS are split designated in cash flow hedge and fair value hedge relationships. CCIRS have a weighted average receive fixed EUR rate leg of 2.56% and pay floating 
AUD leg of BBSW + 2.93% and a weighted average receive fixed USD rate leg of 6.72% and pay floating AUD leg of BBSW + 3.61% spread.
5	 The cumulative fair value adjustment is included in borrowings.
6	 Cash flow hedge reserve includes the cumulative impact of cross-currency basis recognised as cost of hedging of $15 million.
7	 Notional amount includes $425 million of forward dated interest rate swaps commencing in June 2024.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
88

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued)
(b)	 Liquidity and funding risk
(i)	
Financing arrangements
The table below summarises the financing arrangements the Group had access to at the end of the period. The facilities are unsecured. 
Refer to key events and transactions for the reporting period for further information on the Group’s debt financing activities.
Utilised1
Facility limit
Maturity
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd
Working capital facility
Jun-25
115
62
125
125
Bilateral facility
Nov-23
–
65
–
65
Bilateral facility
Nov-25
–
–
75
75
Bilateral facility
Jul-26
130
195
465
415
Bridge loan facility
Jul-24
–
350
–
350
Revolver loan facility
Jul-25
–
25
400
400
Term loan facility
Jul-27
200
400
200
400
Finance AMTN 12
Mar-28
500
500
500
500
Finance USPP2
Jul-30
197
–
197
–
Finance USPP2
Jul-33
153
–
153
–
Finance USPP2
Jul-34
50
–
50
–
Finance USPP2
Jul-35
103
–
103
–
1,448
1,597
2,268
2,330
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd
Working capital facility
Jun-25
73
36
75
75
Bilateral facility
Jan-26
105
575
575
575
Bilateral facility
Jan-27
40
135
310
310
Bilateral facility
Jan-28
–
–
205
205
Bilateral facility
Oct-28
50
–
50
–
Bilateral facility
Oct-29
–
–
50
–
Bilateral facility
Oct-30
–
–
50
–
Revolver loan facility
Dec-28
–
–
115
–
Term loan facility
Dec-28
145
–
145
–
Term loan facility
Dec-29
240
–
240
–
Network AMTN 22
Jun-24
–
425
–
425
Network AMTN 32
Mar-30
82
82
82
82
Network AMTN 42
Sep-30
500
500
500
500
Network AMTN 52
Dec-31
75
75
75
75
Network AMTN 62
Dec-32
80
80
80
80
Network AMTN 72
Dec-34
20
20
20
20
Network AMTN 82
Sep-31
350
–
350
–
Network EMTN 12
Sep-24
711
711
711
711
Network EMTN 22
Jun-26
778
778
778
778
Network EMTN 32
May-34
68
–
68
–
Network USPP2
Jun-33
184
184
184
184
Network USPP2
Jun-35
122
122
122
122
3,623
3,723
4,785
4,142
Total Group financing arrangements
5,071
5,320
7,053
6,472
1  Amount utilised includes bank guarantees included in the working capital facility of $33 million (2023: $25 million) and excludes capitalised borrowing costs 
of $19 million (2023: $15 million) and discounts on Medium-Term Notes of $4 million (2023: $5 million). The facilities above exclude the Term Loan Facility with 
The AustralAsia Railway Corporation in connection with the Tarcoola-to-Darwin Concession Deed. The carrying amount (and related fair value) of the Term Loan 
Facility is $6 million (2023: $6 million).
2 Amounts utilised on EMTNs, AMTNs and USPPs excludes accumulated fair value adjustments of $124 million (2023: $140 million, including $2 million on discontinuation 
of hedge accounting on Network AMTN 2). EMTN 1 and EMTN 2 have a notional amount of €500 million each, converted to AUD at an exchange rate of 0.7036 and 
0.6425 respectively. The USD tranches of the Network USPP have a total notional amount of US$132 million, converted to AUD at an exchange rate of 0.6748. The 
USD tranches of the Finance USPP have a total notional amount of US$273 million, converted to AUD at an exchange rate of 0.6770. The EMTN 3 has a total notional 
amount of ¥7 billion, converted to AUD at an exchange rate of 102.94.
Financial Report 89

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued)
(b)	 Liquidity and funding risk (continued)
(ii)	 Maturities of financial liabilities
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities, including derivatives, into relevant maturity groupings based on the period remaining until 
the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows (including interest) and will not 
reconcile with the amounts disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet:
1 year or 
less 
$m
1–5 years 
$m
More than  
5 years 
$m
Total contractual  
cash flows 
$m
Carrying amount 
(assets)/liabilities 
$m
2024
Non-derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
416
–
–
416
416
Borrowings (excluding the effect of CCIRS)
1,112
2,600
2,595
6,307
4,897
Financial guarantees
33
–
–
33
–
Total non-derivative financial instruments
1,561
2,600
2,595
6,756
5,313
Derivatives
Interest rate swaps
17
101
30
148
138
CCIRS
(47)
46
30
29
(31)
Total derivatives
(30)
147
60
177
107
2023
Non-derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
362
–
–
362
362
Borrowings (excluding the effect of CCIRS)
789
3,956
1,272
6,017
5,142
Financial guarantees
25
–
–
25
–
Total non-derivative financial instruments
1,176
3,956
1,272
6,404
5,504
Derivatives
Interest rate swaps
20
135
55
210
160
CCIRS
93
(64)
13
42
(27)
Gross settled forward exchange contracts (inflow)
2
–
–
2
(2)
Total derivatives
115
71
68
254
131
 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
90

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
(c)	 Hedging instruments
(i)	
Accounting policies
Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value on the date the instrument is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
at fair value or ‘mark-to-market’ at each reporting date. The gain or loss on remeasurement is recognised immediately in profit or loss unless 
the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, in which case the remeasurement is recognised in equity.
A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months  
and it is not due to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.
Hedge accounting
At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group formally designated the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well 
as its risk management objective for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment at hedge inception date 
and on an ongoing basis as to whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective 
in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
The Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item 
and a qualitative assessment is performed to assess effectiveness. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item, such as the 
terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedged instrument, a hypothetical derivative method is used to assess effectiveness.
The main source of hedge ineffectiveness is the effect of the credit risk differential between the Group and its respective counterparties (i.e. credit 
curves) on the fair value of interest rate swaps and CCIRS, which is not reflected in the fair value of the hedged item. Ineffectiveness may also 
arise due to differences in the critical terms between the interest rate swaps and loans, in the timing of forecast transactions or any off-market 
derivatives. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised against the mark-to-market position of the derivative financial instrument and in profit or loss 
in finance expense.
Rebalancing
If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no longer optimal but the risk management objective remains unchanged and the hedge 
continues to qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship will be rebalanced by adjusting either the volume of the hedging instrument 
or the volume of the hedged item so that the hedge ratio aligns with the ratio used for risk management purposes. Any hedge ineffectiveness 
is calculated and accounted for at the time of the hedge relationship rebalancing.
For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges and are accounted for as set out in 
the table below.
Fair value hedge
Cash flow hedge
What is it?
A derivative or financial instrument designated as 
hedging the change in fair value of a recognised asset 
or liability or firm commitment. A fair value hedge 
is used to swap fixed interest payments to variable 
interest payments in order to manage the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate risk.
A derivative or financial instrument hedging the exposure 
to variability in cash flow attributable to a particular risk 
associated with an asset, liability or forecasted transaction. 
A cash flow hedge is used to swap variable interest rate 
payments to fixed interest rate payments, or to lock in 
foreign currency rates in order to manage the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
Movement  
in fair value
Changes in the fair value of the derivative are 
recognised in profit or loss, together with the changes 
in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable 
to the hedged risk.
The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of 
interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings are 
recognised in profit or loss within finance expenses, 
together with the changes in fair value of the hedged 
fixed rate borrowing attributable to interest rate risk.
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion 
is recognised separately to the effective portion in 
profit or loss within finance expense.
The effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative 
financial instrument is recognised in other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in equity in the cash flow hedge 
reserve. The change in the fair value that is identified as 
ineffective is recognised immediately in profit or loss within 
finance income or finance expense.
Amounts accumulated in equity are transferred to profit 
or loss when the hedged item affects profit or loss. When 
the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-
financial asset (property, plant and equipment), the gains 
or losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from 
equity and included in the measurement of the initial cost or 
carrying amount of the asset.
Discontinuation of 
hedge accounting
If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of 
a hedged item for which the effective interest method 
is used is amortised to profit or loss in finance income 
over the period to maturity using a recalculated 
effective interest rate.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, 
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity 
at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or 
loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to 
occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity 
is immediately transferred to profit or loss.
 
Financial Report
91

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
18.	 Financial risk management (continued) 
(d)	 Fair value measurement
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents and non-interest 
bearing financial assets and liabilities approximates the carrying 
amount. The fair value of borrowings carried at amortised cost is 
$4,768 million (2023: $5,186 million).
The fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future 
contractual cash flows at the current market interest rates that are 
available to the Group for similar financial instruments. The market 
interest rates were determined to be between 4.8% and 8.2% 
(2023: 4.8% and 7.1%) depending on the type of facility.
The Group measures the fair value of financial instruments using market 
observable data where possible. Fair values are categorised into three 
levels with each of these levels indicating the reliability of the inputs 
used in determining fair value. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
Level 1:  Quoted prices for an identical asset or liability in an 	
	
	
	 active market
Level 2: Directly or indirectly observable market data
Level 3: Unobservable market data.
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined 
as the unrealised gain/(loss) with reference to market rates. The fair 
value of interest rate swaps is determined as the net present value of 
contracted cash flows. The existing exposure method, which estimates 
future cash flows to present value using credit adjusted discount factors 
after counterparty netting arrangements, has been adopted for both 
forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps.
The fair value of CCIRS is determined as the net present value of 
contract cash flows. The future probable exposure method is applied 
to the estimated future cash flows to reflect the credit risk of the 
Group and relevant counterparties.
The Group’s derivative financial instruments and fair value of 
borrowings are classified as Level 2 (2023: Level 2). During the period, 
there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 in the fair 
value hierarchy (2023: nil).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
92

In this section
Group structure provides information about particular subsidiaries and 
associates, and how changes have affected the financial position and 
performance of the Group.
19.		
Joint ventures	
	
	
	
	
	
Page 94 
20.	 Material subsidiaries	
	
	
	
	
Page 94 
21.		
Parent entity disclosures	
	
	
	
	
Page 95 
22.	
Acquisition of businesses and interests in joint venture	
Page 95 
23.	
Discontinued operation	
	
	
	
	
Page 96
Group structure
Financial Report 93

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
19.	 Joint ventures
The Group has an interest in the following joint ventures:
Ownership interest
Name
Country of 
operation
2024 
%
2023 
%
Principal  
activity
Coal Network 
Capacity Co Pty Ltd
 Australia
7
8
Independent 
Expert
Ox Mountain Limited1
United 
Kingdom
69
69
Software
ARG Risk 
Management Limited
Bermuda
50
50
Insurance
Integrated Logistics 
Company Pty Ltd
Australia
14
14
Consulting
1 The Group’s investment in Ox Mountain Limited continues to be classified as a 
joint venture due to the Group having joint control and is accounted for using 
the equity method of accounting.
(a)	 Accounting policies
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity 
method of accounting. Investments are initially recognised at cost 
and subsequently adjusted for the Group’s share of net profit or loss. 
The carrying amount of an investment is reduced by the value of 
dividends received from the joint venture.
Consideration transferred to acquire additional shares is added to the 
existing carrying amount of the investment without remeasurement 
of the previously held interest and without specific allocation to the 
underlying assets and liabilities of the investee.
The carrying amount of investments are tested for impairment in 
accordance with the policy described in Note 8.
20.	Material subsidiaries
The ultimate parent of the Group is Aurizon Holdings Limited. 
The companies listed below are those whose results, in addition 
to the parent entity, principally affect the amounts shown in the 
financial report:
Ownership 
interest
Controlled entities
Country of 
operation
2024 
%
2023 
%
Aurizon Operations Limited
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Property Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Australia Eastern Railroad Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Australia Western Railroad Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Port Services Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Port Services NSW Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Bulk Central Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Aurizon Bulk Central Network Pty Ltd
Australia
100
100
Iron Horse Insurance Company Pte Ltd
Singapore
100
100
 
(a)	 Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and 
liabilities of all subsidiaries of the Group as at reporting date and the 
results of all subsidiaries for the financial year.
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group 
controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability 
to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of 
the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group and de-consolidated from the date 
that control ceases.
Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated 
on consolidation.
The assets and liabilities of entities within the Group that have a 
functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into Australian dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance 
sheet date and profit or loss are translated at the average exchange 
for the year. The exchange differences arising on the balance sheet 
translation are taken directly to a separate component in equity in the 
foreign currency translation reserve.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
94

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
21.	 Parent entity disclosures
The financial information for the parent entity Aurizon Holdings Limited 
has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements, except for investments in subsidiaries which are carried at 
cost less accumulated impairment losses.
(a)	 Summary financial information
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Current assets
63
267
Non-current assets
3,660
3,534
Total assets
3,723
3,801
Current liabilities
56
135
Non-current liabilities
1
–
Total liabilities
57
135
Net assets
3,666
3,666
Equity
Contributed equity
3,674
3,674
Reserves
(4)
(5)
Accumulated losses
(4)
(3)
Total equity
3,666
3,666
Profit for the year
325
282
Total comprehensive income
325
282
 
All costs associated with employees of the parent entity are borne by 
a subsidiary and recharged to the parent entity as they are incurred. 
The parent entity disclosure includes employee benefit provisions and 
other labour accruals for these employees.
(b)	 Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
The parent entity did not have any material contingent liabilities or 
contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment as at 30 June 2024 (2023: $nil).
22.	Acquisition of businesses and interests  
in joint venture
(a)	 Summary of acquisitions in 2023
(i)	
One Rail Australia
The acquisition of One Rail Australia completed on 29 July 2022. 
Details of the purchase consideration, net assets acquired and goodwill 
are as follows:
$m
Total purchase consideration (after working 
capital and completion adjustments)
2,404
Fair value on 
acquisition date 
$m
Cash
50
Trade and other receivables
44
Inventories
31
Other assets
3
Property, plant and equipment1
1,409
Assets held for sale
984
Trade and other payables
(18)
Borrowings
(5)
Provisions
(31)
Other current liabilities
(11)
Other non-current liabilities
(18)
Deferred tax liabilities
(23)
Liabilities directly associated with assets 
classified as held for sale
(34)
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired
2,381 
Add: Goodwill
23
Fair value of net assets acquired
2,404
1 Included Bulk leased assets of $1,100 million and other leased assets  
of $21 million. 
Goodwill of $23 million solely arose from the net deferred tax liability 
recognised on acquisition, in accordance with accounting standards. 
The net deferred tax liability arose on leased assets (comprising 
leasehold interests with below market rental payments) and the face 
value of the Term Loan Facility, offset by deferred tax assets associated 
with provisions. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible 
for tax purposes.
The gross contractual amount due and fair value of trade receivables 
acquired was $44 million.
Borrowings acquired included a $50 million Term Loan Facility  
with The AustralAsia Railway Corporation in connection with the 
Tarcoola-to-Darwin Concession Deed issued at below market interest 
rates. The Term Loan Facility matures in 2054 at the expiry of the 
Concession Period. The fair value of the loan acquired was $5 million.
Acquisition costs of $49 million, included landholder duty, advisory 
fees and other costs that were expensed to profit or loss and classified 
in other expenses. This amount was classified as a significant item in 
continuing operations.
Total cash paid of $2,404 million included $1,454 million for continuing 
operations and $950 million for discontinued operations held for sale. 
Net cash outflow from investing activities for continuing operations 
was $1,404 million, representing cash paid net of cash acquired 
of $50 million.
Financial Report 95

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
22.	Acquisition of businesses and interests  
in joint venture (continued)
(a)	 Summary of acquisitions in 2023 (continued)
(ii)	 Ox Mountain Limited
The Group increased its ownership interest in Ox Mountain Limited 
(UK registered), a maintenance software developer and distributor, 
from 42% to 69% for consideration of $30 million on 9 January 2023. 
The investment continues to be classified as a joint venture due to 
the Group having joint control and is accounted for using the equity 
method of accounting.
(b)	 Accounting policies
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all 
business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or 
other assets are acquired. In accordance with the acquisition method, 
the Group measures goodwill, at acquisition date, as the fair value of 
the consideration transferred less the fair value of the identifiable assets 
and liabilities acquired. The fair value of the consideration transferred 
comprises the initial cash paid and an estimate for any future 
contingent or deferred payments the Group may be liable to pay.
The application of the acquisition method requires certain estimates 
and assumptions to be made particularly around the determination 
of fair value of any contingent or deferred consideration, the acquired 
intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and liabilities 
assumed. Such estimates are based on information available at 
acquisition date.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
Predecessor value method of accounting is used to account for all 
business combinations that involve entities under common control. 
Acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at their existing carrying 
amount and no goodwill is recorded. Retrospective presentation of the 
acquired entity’s results and balance sheet are incorporated as if both 
entities had always been combined.
23.	Discontinued operation
(a)	 One Rail Australia Holdings Limited (ORAH)
The Group completed the sale of ORAH to Magnetic Rail Group Pty 
Ltd (Magnetic) on 17 February 2023 for consideration of $438 million 
including completion adjustments. The total consideration included 
$313 million cash proceeds received on completion of the sale and $125 
million cash proceeds received on 16 February 2024. On completion of 
the sale, Magnetic assumed ORAH’s existing borrowings of $474 million.
(b)	 Accounting policies
A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been 
disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a 
separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, 
is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business 
or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a 
view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented 
separately in the consolidated income statement.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
96

In this section
Other notes provides information on other items which require disclosure 
to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and other regulatory 
pronouncements, however are not considered critical in understanding 
the financial performance or position of the Group.
24.	
Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows	
	
Page 98 
25.	
Related party transactions	 	
	
	
	
Page 99 
26.	
Key Management Personnel		
	
	
	
Page 99 
27.	
Share-based payments	
	
	
	
	
Page 99 
28.	
Auditor’s remuneration	
	
	
	
	
Page 100 
29.	
New and amended standards	
	
	
	
Page 100
Other notes
Financial Report
97

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
24.	Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows
(a)	 Reconciliation of net cash inflow from operating activities to profit from continuing operations
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Profit from continuing operations
406
324
Depreciation and amortisation
707
666
Impairment of non-current assets
1
13
Finance expenses
342
233
Share-based payment expense
6
7
Net loss/(gain) on disposal of assets
3
4
Share of net profit of investments accounted for using equity method
(1)
(1)
Net exchange differences
(1)
–
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
31
(123)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(21)
(22)
(Increase)/decrease in other operating assets
19
(22)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
36
15
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities
(65)
(15)
Increase/(decrease) in current tax liabilities
101
(171)
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities
50
126
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
	
2 	
(19)
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations
1,616
1,015 
 
 
(b)	 Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities to financing cash flows
Current 
borrowings 
$m
Non-current 
borrowings 
$m
Liabilities 
held to hedge 
borrowings1 
$m
Assets held 
to hedge 
borrowings1 
$m
Total 
$m
Balance as at 1 July 2023
(566)
(4,576)
(252)
119
(5,275)
Reclassification
(794)
794
–
–
–
Financing cash flows2
409
(139)
–
–
270
Changes in fair value (including foreign exchange rates)
–
(13)
16
10
13
Other non-cash movements3
(3)
(9)
–
–
(12)
Balance as at 30 June 2024
(954)
(3,943)
(236)
129
(5,004)
Balance as at 1 July 2022
(255)
(2,966)
(266)
80
(3,407)
Reclassification
(237)
237
–
–
–
Financing cash flows2
(74)
(1,761)
–
–
(1,835)
Changes in fair value (including foreign exchange rates)
–
(74)
14
39
(21)
Other non-cash movements3
–
(12)
–
–
(12)
Balance as at 30 June 2023
(566)
(4,576)
(252)
119
(5,275)
1  Assets and liabilities held to hedge borrowings exclude foreign exchange contracts included in Note 18(a).
2 Financing cash flows includes the net amount of proceeds from borrowings, repayment of borrowings and payments of transaction costs related to borrowings.
3 Other non-cash movements includes the amortisation of AMTN 2 fair value adjustment, amortisation of capitalised borrowing costs and amortisation of discounts 
on the face value of the AMTNs and EMTNs issued.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
98

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
25.	Related party transactions
Related parties include investments and Key Management Personnel 
(KMP). There were no transactions with related parties during the 
financial year (2023: $nil).
26.	Key Management Personnel
KMP include the Non-Executive Directors and those Executives who 
have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group.
2024 
$’000
2023 
$’000
Short-term employee benefits
8,703
7,932
Long-term employee benefits
138
192
Post-employment benefits
265
244
Share-based payment expense
2,848
4,707 
11,954
13,075 
 
Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration 
Report section of the Directors’ Report. Apart from the information 
disclosed in this note, no Director has entered into a material contract 
with the Group in the financial year and there were no material 
contracts involving Directors’ interests existing at year end (2023: nil).
27.	Share-based payments
The Group provides benefits to employees (including senior 
executives) of the Group in the form of share-based payment 
incentives. The performance rights plans were established by 
the Board to motivate and incentivise employees to develop and 
successfully execute against short and long-term strategies that 
grow the business and generate shareholder returns. The schemes 
under the plan include a Short Term Incentive Award (STIA), 
a Long Term Incentive Award (LTIA) and a Retention award. 
The schemes have various terms and performance measures.
This note should be read in conjunction with the Remuneration Report, 
as set out in the Directors’ Report, which contains detailed information 
regarding the setting of remuneration for KMP.
The table below summarises the total movements in the performance 
rights issued by the Group:
Balance at 
start of 
the year 
Number 
‘000
Granted 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000
Exercised 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000
Forfeited 
during 
the year 
Number 
‘000
Balance 
at end of 
the year1 
Number 
‘000
2024
STIA
553
278
(509)
(44)
278
LTIA
10,475
4,301
(512)
(1,943)
12,321
Retention
201
130
(54)
–
277
Total
11,229
4,709
(1,075)
(1,987)
12,876
2023
STIA
541
553
(541)
–
553
LTIA
9,916
3,764
(1,129)
(2,076)
10,475
Retention
146
176
(92)
(29)
201
Total
10,603
4,493
(1,762)
(2,105)
11,229
1 Balance of rights at the end of the year remains unvested.
During the period, the Group recognised a share-based payment 
expense of $6 million (2023: $7 million).
The weighted average share price at the date performance rights were 
exercised during the period was $3.60 (2023: $3.98). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of unvested rights at 30 June 2024 
was 2.0 years (2023: 2.0 years).
Market valuation techniques were used to determine the fair value of 
performance rights granted and are summarised in the table below:
Scheme
Fair value
2024 
$
2023 
$
STIA
Share price  
at grant date
3.59
3.63
Retention
Share price  
at grant date
3.85
3.68
LTIA
— ROIC
Share price at grant 
date less estimated 
dividend yield
2.84
2.72
— TSR
Monte-Carlo 
simulation technique
1.62
1.55
— Strategic 
Transformation1
Share price at grant 
date less estimated 
dividend yield
2.84
2.72
1 The Strategy Transformation Scheme is determined by reference to  
Non-Coal Underlying EBITDA Growth over the performance period.
 
The table below summarises the inputs to the fair value calculation 
under the Monte-Carlo simulation technique:
Inputs
2024
2023
Expected dividend yield (%)
6.00
6.60
Expected price volatility of the  
Company's shares (%)
22.50
22.50
Share price at grant date ($)
3.61
3.54
Risk-free interest rate (%)
3.90
3.60
Expected life of rights (years)
4.00
4.00
 
The expected price volatility of the Company’s shares reflects the 
assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, 
which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.
Financial Report 99

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
28.	Auditor’s remuneration
During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services 
provided by the auditor of the parent entity and its subsidiaries:
2024 
$’000
2023 
$’000
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Audit and review of financial statements
Group
343
618
Controlled subsidiaries
1,052
967
1,395
1,585
Other assurance services
217
142
Other advisory services
14
187
Total remuneration of  
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
1,626
1,914
29.	New and amended standards
(a)	 New and amended standards adopted by the Group
AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17) became effective for the 
Group from 1 July 2023. The Group Insurance Program includes 
certain placements with a wholly owned captive insurance company, 
Iron Horse Insurance Company Pte Ltd (incorporated in the Republic of 
Singapore). The captive insurance company only underwrites the Group 
and its subsidiaries for property and liability insurance. As the Group 
and the Company does not have any contracts that meet the definition 
of an insurance contract under AASB 17, the new standard does not 
have a material impact on the Group or the Company.
The Group has also applied the following amendments for the first 
time for the reporting period commencing 1 July 2023:
	› AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards — Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition 
of Accounting Estimates; and
	› AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards 
— Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from 
a Single Transaction.
The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts 
recognised in prior periods and are not expected to materially affect 
the current or future reporting periods.
(b)	 New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and amendments to standards 
have been published that are not mandatory for reporting periods 
commencing 1 July 2023 and have not been early adopted by the 
Group. These standards are not expected to have a material recognition 
and measurement impact on the Group in the current or future 
reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.
AASB 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements will be 
effective for the Group from 1 July 2027. The standard will affect the 
presentation and disclosure in the financial statements, including 
introducing new categories and subtotals in the statement of profit 
or loss, requiring the disclosure of management-defined performance 
measures, and changing the grouping of information in the 
financial statements.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
100

In this section
Unrecognised items provides information about items that are not recognised 
in the financial statements but could potentially have a material impact on the 
Group’s financial position and performance. This section also includes events 
occurring after the reporting date.
30.	 Commitments and contingencies	
	
	
	
Page 102 
31.		
Events occurring after the reporting period	 	
	
Page 102 
Unrecognised items  
and events after  
reporting date
Financial Report 101

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2024 (continued)
30.	Commitments and contingencies
(a)	 Contingent liabilities
Issues relating to common law claims, product warranties and 
regulatory breaches are dealt with as they arise. There were no 
material contingent liabilities requiring disclosure in the financial 
statements, other than as set out below.
Guarantees and letters of credit
The Group has issued guarantees of $33 million (2023: $25 million) 
to third parties including against workers’ compensation self-insurance 
liabilities as required by State authorities based on independent 
actuarial advice. The probability of having to make a payment under 
these guarantees is considered remote.
(b)	 Capital commitments
At 30 June 2024, the Group has capital commitments contracted 
but not provided for in respect of the acquisition of property, plant 
and equipment of $149 million (2023: $232 million) which are due 
within one year, $25 million (2023: $64 million) which are due between 
one and five years and $14 million (2023: $14 million) which are due 
after five years.
31.	 Events occurring after the reporting period
No matter or circumstance, other than the matters disclosed in 
key events and transactions for the reporting period, has occurred 
subsequent to the financial period that has materially affected, or may 
materially affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Group or economic entity 
in subsequent financial periods.
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
102

Consolidated entity disclosure statement
30 June 2024
About this report
This statement has been prepared using supporting documentation, including company registration data and information provided to tax 
authorities, up to 30 June 2024. All Australian tax resident entities listed below (including Iron Horse Insurance Company Pte Ltd) are members of 
the Aurizon Holdings Limited tax consolidated group. Aurizon 3H (UK) Ltd is a United Kingdom company that holds the Group’s investment in Ox 
Mountain Limited.
Name
Type of entity
Country of 
incorporation
Ownership interest 
(%)
Country of tax 
residence
Aurizon Holdings Limited
Body corporate
Australia
N/A
Australia
Aurizon Operations Limited1
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
ACN 654 415 700 Pty Ltd1
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon 3H Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon 3H (UK) Ltd
Body corporate
United Kingdom
100
United Kingdom
Aurizon Finance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Intermodal Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon International Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Port Services Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Port Services NSW Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Property Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Property Holding Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Resource Logistics Pty Limited
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Surat Basin Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Terminal Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Australia Eastern Railroad Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Australia Western Railroad Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Australian Rail Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Australian Railroad Group Employment Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
AWR Lease Co Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Interail Australia Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Iron Horse Insurance Company Pte Ltd
Body corporate
Singapore
100
Australia
Logistics Australasia Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
South Maitland Railways Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Holdings LP
Partnership
N/A2
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Finance 2 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Finance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Network Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (SA Holdings) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (Northern) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Viper Line Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
ARG Sell Down No 1 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
ARG Sell Down Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (VW) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (SA Rail) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (Eastern) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
ARG Sell Down No 2 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
Aurizon Bulk Central (Operations North) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
100
Australia
1  Partner in a partnership (Aurizon Bulk Central Holdings LP).
2 Aurizon Bulk Central Holdings LP is an unincorporated limited partnership registered in the state of South Australia.
Financial Report 103

Directors’ declaration
30 June 2024
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the Company, I state that:
In the opinion of the Directors of the Company:
(a)		
the consolidated financial statements and notes set out on Pages 52 to 102 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
	
	
(i)	 complying with Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements as detailed above, and the 
Corporations Regulations 2001,
	
	
(ii)	 giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2024 and of its performance for the financial 
year ended on that date, and
(b)		
there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.
(c)		
the consolidated entity disclosure statement, set out on Page 103 in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, is true and correct.
Page 57 confirms that the consolidated financial statements also comply with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board.
The Directors have been given the declarations by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by section 
295A of the Corporations Act 2001.
Tim Poole  
Chairman
Brisbane 
12 August 2024
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
104

 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060  
Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 
GPO Box 1463 
Brisbane QLD 4001 Australia 
 
Tel:  +61 (0) 7 3308 7000 
Fax: +61 (0) 2 9322 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 
 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation. 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Aurizon Holdings Limited
Report on the Audit of the Financial Report
Opinion 
We have audited the financial report of Aurizon Holdings Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the
“Group”) which comprises the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2024, the consolidated income statement, 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the 
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including 
material accounting policy information and other explanatory information, the directors’ declaration and the 
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:
•
Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2024 and of its financial performance
for the year then ended; and
•
Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
Basis for Opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code.
We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.
Key Audit Matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of 
the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. 
 
 
Financial Report 105

 
Key Audit Matter 
How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit 
Matter 
Useful life of Network infrastructure assets 
At 30 June 2024, the carrying amount of the 
Central Queensland Coal Network 
infrastructure assets (Network infrastructure 
assets) was $4,934m.  As disclosed in note 8, 
the Group estimates the useful lives of the 
Network infrastructure assets based on the 
expected engineering life of these assets, 
capped at the remaining term of the 
applicable leases. In adopting this basis, the 
Group assumes that the Network 
infrastructure assets will remain economically 
viable throughout the lease term. 
The Network infrastructure assets are 
primarily used to transport coal from mines to 
port for subsequent export.  There is 
uncertainty as to the long-term future demand 
for coal with climate change widely considered 
to be one of the key issues facing the global 
community and increasing pressure on 
governments and industry to seek lower 
carbon solutions. 
Any change in the export market demand for 
Queensland coal or restrictions on the supply 
of that coal may indicate that the useful lives 
of the Network infrastructure assets should be 
reduced resulting in an increase in the future 
depreciation expense. 
Given the significant carrying amount of the 
Network infrastructure assets and the 
uncertainty associated with the long-term 
impact of climate change, the estimate of 
useful economic lives of the Network 
infrastructure assets is considered to be a key 
audit matter. 
To evaluate the useful economic lives adopted by the Group 
for the Network infrastructure assets, we performed the 
following procedures amongst others: 
• 
Obtained and evaluated relevant information which 
estimates the future demand for, and supply of, coal 
from Queensland.  This included publicly available 
global and regional energy and coal forecasts and 
outlooks from industry specialists 
• 
As metallurgical coal is expected to be in demand 
longer than thermal coal, evaluated the period over 
which metallurgical coal demand could be supplied by 
Queensland mines, with reference to publicly available 
metallurgical coal reserves and production estimates 
• 
Obtained publicly available information on the current 
regulatory environment of the coal industry in 
Queensland including mine approvals and government 
policy statements to assess future supply of coal 
• 
As most publicly available information does not forecast 
coal demand beyond 2050, management undertook an 
analysis to assess the economic viability of the Network 
infrastructure assets beyond 2050.  Our procedures on 
management’s analysis included: 
• Understanding the methodology adopted 
• Testing the integrity and mechanical accuracy of 
management’s calculations 
• Comparing key assumptions used by management 
to existing benchmarks and publicly available 
information. 
Evaluated the disclosures in the financial statements 
including the sensitivity analysis outlining the impact on 
depreciation expense of changes in the useful lives of assets 
(see note 8). 
Assessment of the change in cash-generating 
units (CGUs) and the carrying amount of the 
Bulk and Containerised Freight CGUs  
Following recent changes to the management 
and operations of the Bulk business, the 
identification of CGUs was reassessed 
resulting in the merging of previously 
identified geographic Bulk CGUs into one Bulk 
CGU. 
To evaluate the change in CGUs, we performed the 
following procedures amongst others: 
• 
Evaluated and challenged management’s paper 
outlining the basis for the change in CGUs including 
assessing compliance with relevant guidance including 
AASB 136 Impairment of Assets 
• 
Obtained and evaluated relevant information and 
evidence in relation to the interdependence of cash 
inflows within the Bulk business, including national 
management of existing and future potential 
customers and fleet utilisation 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
106

 
Key Audit Matter 
How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit 
Matter 
At 30 June 2024, as disclosed in notes 8 and 9, 
management has estimated the recoverable 
value of: 
• 
The Bulk CGU, which has a carrying 
amount of $2,143m including goodwill of 
$50m   
• 
The Containerised Freight CGU, which has 
a carrying amount of $318m. 
As disclosed in notes 8 and 9, the recoverable 
value of these CGUs has been estimated using 
a fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) 
discounted cash flow model.  The key 
assumptions included in these models relate 
to cash flows from customers, discrete period 
growth rates, discount rates and forecast 
capital expenditure.  As these assumptions 
require management to exercise significant 
judgement, the assessment of the recoverable 
value of the Bulk and Containerised Freight 
CGUs is a key audit matter. 
To evaluate the estimated recoverable value of the Bulk and 
Containerised Freight CGUs, we performed the following 
procedures amongst others: 
• 
Assessed the design and implementation of key 
controls over management’s process for determining 
the recoverable value of the CGUs 
• 
Reconciled the assets and liabilities of the respective 
CGUs to the Group balance sheet and ensured that 
corporate assets were appropriately allocated to CGUs 
• 
Agreed the cash flows included in management’s 
models to the latest board approved budgets 
• 
Evaluated the basis for determining the forecast cash 
flows attributable to customer contracts in 
management’s model, including an assessment of key 
assumptions relating to volumes, contract renewals 
and potential new customers.  This included, where 
relevant, a comparison of management’s assumptions 
to publicly available information and evaluating the 
competency, qualifications and objectivity of 
management’s expert and assessing the adequacy of 
their work 
• 
Assessed the treatment of forecast expenditure in 
respect of the Group’s decarbonisation strategy and 
the Safeguard Mechanism    
• 
Evaluated, where relevant, the Group’s ability to 
forecast future cash flows by comparing the current 
year and historical results to budget 
• 
Together with our valuation specialists, assessed the 
discount rates and terminal growth rates used to 
determine the recoverable value, the valuation 
methodology and the mathematical accuracy of the 
cash flow models 
• 
Performed analysis to understand the sensitivity of the 
recoverable value to changes in key assumptions 
Assessed the relevant disclosures included in the financial 
statements (see notes 8 and 9). 
Other Information 
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included 
in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2024, but does not include the financial report and our 
auditor’s report thereon.  
Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 
 
 
Financial Report 107

 
In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 
The directors of the Company are responsible: 
• 
For the preparation of the financial report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a 
true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Group in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards; and 
• 
For such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a true and fair view of the financial 
position and performance of the Group, and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error. 
In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 
As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 
• 
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  
• 
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal control.  
• 
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and 
related disclosures made by the directors.  
• 
Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on 
the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may 
cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material 
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on 
the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may 
cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 
 
 
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
108

 
•
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and 
whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation. 
•
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business 
activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, 
supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 
We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 
audit. 
We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably 
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards 
applied. 
From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe 
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or 
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest 
benefits of such communication. 
Report on the Remuneration Report 
Opinion on the Remuneration Report 
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 28 to 42 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 
30 June 2024. 
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Aurizon Holdings Limited, for the year ended 30 June 2024, complies 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 
Responsibilities 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 
 
 
 
 
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 
 
 
 
 
Matthew Donaldson  
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Brisbane, 12 August 2024 
Financial Report 109

Non-IFRS Financial Information related  
to the FY2024 Annual Report
In addition to using profit as a measure 
of the Group and its segments’ financial 
performance, Aurizon uses EBITDA (Statutory 
and Underlying), EBITDA margin (Statutory 
and Underlying), EBIT (Statutory and 
Underlying), NPAT Underlying, Return On 
Invested Capital (ROIC), Net debt and Net 
gearing ratio. These measurements are not 
defined under IFRS Accounting Standards and 
are therefore termed ‘Non-IFRS’ measures.
EBITDA — Statutory is Group profit before 
net finance costs, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation, while EBIT — Statutory is 
defined as Group profit before net finance 
costs and tax. Underlying can differ from 
Statutory due to exclusion of significant items 
that permits a more relevant analysis of the 
underlying performance on a comparative 
basis. EBITDA margin is calculated by 
dividing Underlying EBITDA by total revenue. 
These measures are considered to be 
useful measures of the Group’s operating 
performance because they approximate the 
underlying operating cash flow by eliminating 
depreciation and amortisation.
NPAT — Underlying represents the Underlying 
EBIT less finance costs, tax expense and the 
tax impact of significant items.
ROIC is defined as underlying rolling 12-month 
EBIT divided by average invested capital. 
Average invested capital is calculated as 
the rolling 12-month average of net assets 
(excluding cash, borrowings, tax, derivative 
financial assets and liabilities, and assets 
and liabilities held for sale). This measure is 
intended to ensure there is alignment between 
investment in infrastructure and superior 
returns for shareholders.
Net debt consists of borrowings (both 
current and non-current) less cash and cash 
equivalents. Net debt excludes lease liabilities. 
Net gearing ratio is defined as Net debt 
divided by Net debt plus Equity. Net debt and 
Net gearing ratio are measures of the Group’s 
indebtedness and provides an indicator of the 
balance sheet strength. An alternative Net 
debt and Net gearing ratio are also disclosed 
to include derivative financial instruments 
used to hedge market risk on borrowings.
These above mentioned measures 
are commonly used by management, 
investors and financial analysts to evaluate 
companies’ performance.
A reconciliation of the Non-IFRS measures 
and specific items to the nearest measure 
prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards is included in the table. The 
Non-IFRS financial information contained 
within this Directors’ report and Notes to 
the Financial Statements have not been 
audited in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards.
2024
2023
Continuing 
operations 
$m
Discontinued 
operations 
$m
Continuing 
operations 
$m
Discontinued 
operations 
$m
NPAT — Underlying
406
–
367
34
Significant items, net of tax
–
–
(43)
(82)
NPAT — Statutory
406
–
324
(48)
Income tax expense
178
–
159
(6)
Profit before income tax
584
–
483
(54)
Net finance costs
333
–
230
27
EBIT — Statutory
917
–
713
(27)
Add back significant items:
— Acquisition costs
–
–
49
–
— Impairment of assets held for sale
–
–
–
75
— Sale and divestment costs
–
–
–
26
— Loss on disposal
–
–
–
2
EBIT — Underlying
917
–
762
76
Depreciation and amortisation
707
–
666
–
EBITDA — Underlying
1,624
–
1,428
76
Average invested capital  
(continuing operations)
10,287
10,111
ROIC (continuing operations)
8.9%
7.5%
Net Gearing Ratio
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Total borrowings
4,897
5,142
Less: cash and cash equivalents
(49)
(92)
Net debt
4,848
5,050
Total equity
4,438
4,353
Total capital
9,286
9,403
Net Gearing Ratio
52.2%
53.7%
Alternative Net Gearing Ratio
2024 
$m
2023 
$m
Net debt
4,848
5,050
Accumulated fair value adjustments1
124
140
Alternative Net debt
4,972
5,190
Total equity
4,438
4,353
Total capital
9,410
9,543
Alternative Net Gearing Ratio
52.8%
54.4%
1 Refer to Note 18(a)(ii).
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
110

Shareholder Information
RANGE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 2 AUGUST 2024
RANGE
TOTAL HOLDERS
UNITS
% OF ISSUED CAPITAL
1 – 1,000
21,936
12,900,963
0.70
1,001 – 5,000
29,863
71,274,746
3.87
5,001 – 10,000
7,406
54,272,316
2.95
10,001 – 100,000
5,814
126,405,827
6.87
100,001 Over
170
1,575,850,130
85.61
Total
65,189
1,840,703,982
100.00
UNMARKETABLE PARCELS AS AT 2 AUGUST 2024
MINIMUM PARCEL SIZE
HOLDERS
UNITS
Minimum $500.00 parcel at $3.71 per unit
135
1,356
91,686
The number of shareholders holding less than the marketable parcel of shares is 1,356 (shares: 91,686).
SUBSTANTIAL HOLDERS OF 5% OR MORE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 2 AUGUST 2024*
NAME
NOTICE DATE
SHARES
BlackRock Group
02/09/2022
114,082,981
State Street Corporation and subsidiaries
 18/01/2022
112,656,938
The Vanguard Group Inc.
23/06/2022
92,070,702
Mondrian Investment Partners Limited
12/10/2023
130,466,677 
Cooper Investors Pty Limited
02/11/2023
92,209,086
L1 Capital Pty Ltd
14/06/2024
92,281,057
*	 As disclosed in substantial shareholder notices received by the Company.
ASX code: AZJ
Contact details 
Aurizon 
GPO Box 456 
Brisbane QLD 4001
For general enquiries, please call 13 23 32 
within Australia. If you are calling from outside 
Australia, please dial +61 7 3019 9000.
aurizon.com.au
Investor Relations
For all information about your shareholding, 
including dividend statements and change 
of address, contact the share registry 
Computershare on 1800 776 476 or visit 
investorcentre.com/azj.
To request information relating to investor 
relations please contact our investor 
relations team on 13 23 32 or email: 
investor.relations@aurizon.com.au.
Financial Report
111

TOP 20 HOLDERS OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 2 AUGUST 2024
NAME
UNITS
% OF UNITS
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
664,559,446
36.10
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
324,121,644
17.61
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
313,249,837
17.02
MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
31,996,891
1.74
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
30,539,194
1.66
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD
29,337,125
1.59
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
28,879,322
1.57
ARGO INVESTMENTS LTD
22,752,730
1.24
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
17,127,570
0.93
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
16,000,023
0.87
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 
7,580,885
0.41
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED <143212 NMMT LTD A/C>
7,438,566
0.40
BKI INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED
6,130,000
0.33
NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 
4,514,031
0.25
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
4,278,575
0.23
NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 
3,708,858
0.20
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSI EDA
3,360,349
0.18
IOOF INVESTMENT SERVICES LIMITED 
3,203,527
0.17
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
2,842,899
0.15
BNP PARIBAS NOMS (NZ) LTD
2,668,227
0.14
Totals: Top 20 holders of ORDINARY FULLY PAID SHARES (Total)
1,524,289,699
82.81
Total Remaining Holders Balance
316,414,283
17.19
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
112

Glossary
Some terms and abbreviations  
used in this document, together 
with industry specific terms, have 
defined meanings.
These terms and abbreviations 
are set out in this glossary and are 
used throughout this document.
A reference to dollars, $ or cents 
in this document is a reference 
to Australian currency unless 
otherwise stated. Any reference 
to a statute, ordinance, code or 
other law includes regulations 
and any other instruments under 
it and consolidations, amendments, 
re-enactments or replacements 
of any of them. Any reference to 
Annual Report is a reference to 
this document.
AASB
Australian Accounting Standards Board
ABN
Australian Business Number
Above Rail
Includes the business unit segments of Coal, 
Bulk, Containerised Freight and Other of 
Aurizon Holdings Limited
ACN
Australian Company Number
AGRMC 
The Board Audit, Governance and Risk 
Management Committee
AMTN 
Australian Medium-Term Note
ASIC
Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission
ASX
Australian Securities Exchange operated 
by ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691)
ASX Listing Rules
The official listing rules of ASX
ATO 
Australian Taxation Office
Aurizon or Company
Aurizon Holdings Limited (ABN 14 146 335 
622) and where the context requires, includes 
any of its subsidiaries and controlled entities
Below Rail
The business unit segment of Network — 
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (ACN 132 181 116)  
a wholly owned subsidiary of Aurizon  
Holdings Limited
Board
The Board of Directors of Aurizon 
Holdings Limited
CAGR
Compound Annual Growth Rate, expressed 
as a percentage per year
CAPEX
Capital Expenditure
CCIRS
Cross-currency interest rate swap, an 
agreement between two parties to exchange 
interest payments and principal denominated 
in two different currencies
CGU 
Cash-generating unit, the smallest identifiable 
group of assets that generates cash inflows 
that are largely independent of the cash 
inflows from other assets or group of assets
CH
Cultural Heritage
CHGF
Cultural Heritage Governance Framework
Company Secretary
Each Company Secretary of Aurizon 
Holdings Limited
Constitution
The constitution of Aurizon Holdings Limited
Corporations Act
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
CPI
Consumer Price Index
CPS
Cents Per Share
CQCN
Central Queensland Coal Network
CSAP
Climate Strategy and Action Plan
DSTIA
Deferred STI Award 
EBIT
Earnings Before Interest and Tax
EBITDA
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation  
and Amortisation
EBIT Margin
Underlying Earnings Before Interest and Tax 
divided by total revenue and other income
EFP 
Enterprise Fleet Plan
EMTN 
Euro Medium-Term Note
EPA
Environment Protection Agency
EPL
Environment Protection Licence
EPS
Earnings Per Share
Financial Report 113

FSB
Financial Stability Board
FY
Financial Year ended 30 June, as the  
context requires
GAAP
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 
GAPE
Goonyella to Abbot Point Expansion 
Group Executives
Direct report to the MD & CEO and are 
either responsible for a Business Unit (Bulk, 
Coal, Network, Containerised Freight) or 
are the functional lead for the Finance and 
Corporate support units
GST
Goods and Services Tax
IASB 
International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS Accounting Standards
International Financial Reporting Standards 
Accounting Standards issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board
ISDA
International Swaps and 
Derivatives Association
km
Kilometre
KMP
Key Management Personnel 
LTIA
Long Term Incentive Awards
M
Million
MAR
Maximum Allowable Revenue that  
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd is entitled to  
earn from the provision of coal carrying  
train services in the CQCN across the  
term of an access undertaking
mt
Millions of tonnes
mtpa
Millions of tonnes per annum
Network
Aurizon Network Pty Ltd (ACN 132 181 116)  
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aurizon  
Holdings Limited
NGER Act
National Greenhouse Energy 
Reporting Act 2007 (Cth)
ntk
Net tonne kilometre, unit of measure 
representing the movement over a distance 
of one kilometre of one tonne of contents 
excluding the weight of the locomotive  
and wagons
OPEX
Operating Expense including 
depreciation  and amortisation
PPT
Percentage Point
QCA
Queensland Competition Authority
RAB
Regulatory Asset Base, the value of the asset 
base on which pricing is determined by the 
price regulator
Rail Process Safety
The cumulative number of SPAD, derailment 
and rollingstock to rollingstock collision 
incidents, per million train kilometres,  
over a given recording period
ROIC
Return on Invested Capital
RSO
Rolling Stock Operator
Share
A fully paid ordinary share in Aurizon  
Holdings Limited
SIFR(a+p)
Serious Injury and Fatality Rate, including 
both actual and potential events
SPAD
Signal Passed At Danger
STIA
Short Term Incentive Award
TCFD
Taskforce on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures
tonne
One metric tonne, being 1,000 kilograms
tonne kilometres
The product of tonnes and distance
TRIFR
The cumulative number of Lost Time Injuries, 
Medical Treatment Injuries and Restricted 
Work Injuries sustained by employees and 
contractors, per million hours worked, over 
a given recording period
TSR
Total Shareholder Return
USPP
United States Private Placement Note 
WACC
Weighted Average Cost of Capital, expressed 
as a percentage
WICET
Wiggins Island Coal Export Terminal
WIRP
Wiggins Island Rail Project
AURIZON ANNUAL REPORT 2023–24
114

Corporate Information
Aurizon Holdings Limited 
ABN 14 146 335 622
Directors
Tim Poole 
Andrew Harding 
Marcelo Bastos 
Russell Caplan 
Tim Longstaff 
Sarah Ryan 
Lyell Strambi 
Samantha Tough
Company Secretaries
David Wenck 
Nicole Allder
Registered Office
Level 8, 900 Ann Street  
Fortitude Valley QLD 4006
Auditors
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (Deloitte)
Share Registry 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Level 1, 200 Mary Street 
Brisbane QLD 4001
Tel: 1800 776 476 
(or +61 3 9938 4376)

Aurizon Holdings Limited 
ABN 14 146 335 622